texlive[60196] Master: nchairx (8aug21)
commits+karl at tug.org
commits+karl at tug.org
Sun Aug 8 23:00:57 CEST 2021
Revision: 60196
http://tug.org/svn/texlive?view=revision&revision=60196
Author: karl
Date: 2021-08-08 23:00:57 +0200 (Sun, 08 Aug 2021)
Log Message:
-----------
nchairx (8aug21)
Modified Paths:
--------------
trunk/Master/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check
trunk/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds
trunk/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-mathscience.tlpsrc
Added Paths:
-----------
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/nchairx/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/nchairx/README.md
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/nchairx/chairxmath.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/nchairx/nchairx.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxDefaults.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxDefaultsDoc.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxEnv.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxEnvDoc.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxLogo.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxLogoDoc.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmath.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmath.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathAlgebra.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathAlgebraDoc.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathAnalysis.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathAnalysisDoc.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathCategory.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathCategoryDoc.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathDecoration.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathDecorationDoc.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathDelimiters.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathDelimitersDoc.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathDiffgeo.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathDiffgeoDoc.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathFonts.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathFontsDoc.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathGeneral.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathGeneralDoc.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathLinalg.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathLinalgDoc.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathStatistics.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathStatisticsDoc.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathTopology.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathTopologyDoc.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/nchairx.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/nchairx.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/nchairx/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/nchairx/chairxmath.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/nchairx/nchairx.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/nchairx/nchairxheader.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/nchairx/nchairxlogo.pdf
trunk/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/nchairx.tlpsrc
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/nchairx/README.md
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/nchairx/README.md (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/nchairx/README.md 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+The nChairX-Style Package
+============================
+
+Overview
+--------
+
+The `nchairx` package has been developed by members of the chair for
+mathematical physics at the University of Wuerzburg as a collection
+of macros and predefined environments for quickly creating nice
+mathematical documents.
+
+Documentation
+-------------
+
+The primary documentation for `nchairx` is in provided as `nchairx.pdf`.
+Additionally, the file `chairxmath.pdf`contains the documentation only
+for the math macros included in the `chairxmath` package.
+
+
+Reporting Bugs
+--------------
+
+If you wish to report a problem or bug in the `nchairx` bundle
+please contact us via marvin.dippell at uni-wuerzburg.de.
+
+
+
+
+License
+-------
+
+The contents of this bundle are distributed under the [LaTeX Project
+Public License](https://www.latex-project.org/lppl/lppl-1-3c/),
+version 1.3c.
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/nchairx/README.md
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/nchairx/chairxmath.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/nchairx/chairxmath.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/nchairx/chairxmath.pdf 2021-08-08 20:56:35 UTC (rev 60195)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/nchairx/chairxmath.pdf 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/nchairx/chairxmath.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/nchairx/nchairx.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/nchairx/nchairx.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/nchairx/nchairx.pdf 2021-08-08 20:56:35 UTC (rev 60195)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/nchairx/nchairx.pdf 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/nchairx/nchairx.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxDefaults.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxDefaults.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxDefaults.dtx 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2018 - 2021 by ChairX
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file contains the implementation of the default settings.
+%
+% Macros have to be described by (delete the first %)
+% %\begin{macro}{\macro}
+% % Description of the implementation.
+% % \begin{macrocode}
+%\newcommand{\macro}[] {}
+% % \end{macrocode}
+% %\end{macro}
+%
+% The implementation and description will appear in the implementation
+% part of the documentation. Use \subsubsection{} etc. for
+% structuring.
+%
+% The documentation of the macros defined here has to be written in
+% chairxDefaultsDoc.dtx
+% \fi
+%
+% Equations with section numbers.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\numberwithin{equation}{section}
+\renewcommand{\theequation}{\thesection.\arabic{equation}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% Page breaks allowed in long formulas by default.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\allowdisplaybreaks
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% More space in arrays.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.2}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% Better spacing with |\left| and |\right| commands. Hack from
+% TeXExchange |https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2607/|
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\originalleft\left
+\let\originalright\right
+\renewcommand{\left}{\mathopen{}\mathclose\bgroup\originalleft}
+\renewcommand{\right}{\aftergroup\egroup\originalright}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% Empty left pages before new chapter. If not explicitly set to empty
+% the headers might be non-empty with empty content pages. This
+% typically looks rather weird. So the easiest way is to make the page
+% completely blank.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\cleardoublepage}{\clearpage\ifodd\c at page\else\vspace*{\fill}\thispagestyle{empty}\newpage\fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxDefaults.dtx
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxDefaultsDoc.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxDefaultsDoc.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxDefaultsDoc.dtx 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2018 - 2021 by ChairX
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file contains the documentation of the environment handling.
+%
+% Macros have to be described by (delete the first %)
+% \DescribeMacro{\macro}
+% Description and usage of the macro.
+%
+% The description will appear in the usage
+% part of the documentation. Use \subsubsection{} etc. for structuring.
+%
+% The implementation of the macros defined here has to be written in
+% chairxDefaults.dtx
+%\fi
+%
+% Being a rather high level package, several over-all styling options
+% are set to new defaults. This includes several spacings, numbering
+% schemes etc. Currently, the most important changes are the
+% following:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item We redefine \verb|\mathbb| to use the fonts from the |bbm|
+% package, looks so much nicer: $\mathbb{R}$ and $\mathbb{C}$ but
+% also $\mathbb{k}$.
+% \item We redefine |\mathcal| to use the font |EulerScript| from the
+% |euler| package yielding $\mathcal{CLO}$ and we define
+% |\mathsrc| to use the script font |rsfso| from the |rfsfo|
+% package giving $\mathscr{ABCD}$. Please make sure that these
+% fonts are installed properly: with a recent \LaTeX-installation
+% this should be automatic.
+% \item Equation numbers are always with sections in front. In the
+% |book| class this leads to equation numbers having the chapter
+% number and the section number in front.
+% \item Displayed formulas are allowed to break over pages. As in
+% mathematical texts one has many (many!) long formulas this is
+% really necessary. Without allowing this by default a case by
+% case decision typically leads to sub-optimal results in page
+% breaks.
+% \item We set |\arraystretch| to the value |1.2| to have a bit more
+% space in arrays.
+% \item The |\left| and the |\right| commands in math mode have a
+% notoriously bad spacing. This is fixed by a hack from
+% TexExchange.
+% \item The command |\cleardoublepage| will produce empty headers on
+% an empty left page. This will only affect the behaviour in
+% classes with left/right pages like the book class. It generally
+% looks weird to have an empty left page containing just the page
+% number or some default header but nothing else.
+% \end{itemize}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxDefaultsDoc.dtx
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxEnv.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxEnv.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxEnv.dtx 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -0,0 +1,649 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2018 - 2021 by ChairX
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file contains the implementation of the environment handling.
+%
+% Macros have to be described by (delete the first %)
+% %\begin{macro}{\macro}
+% % Description of the implementation.
+% % \begin{macrocode}
+%\newcommand{\macro}[] {}
+% % \end{macrocode}
+% %\end{macro}
+%
+% The implementation and description will appear in the implementation
+% part of the documentation. Use \subsubsection{} etc. for
+% structuring.
+%
+% The documentation of the macros defined here has to be written in
+% chairxEnvDoc.dtx
+% \fi
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\claimch at irxname}
+% \begin{macro}{\conjecturech at irxname}
+% \begin{macro}{\conventionch at irxname}
+% \begin{macro}{\corollarych at irxname}
+% \begin{macro}{\definitionch at irxname}
+% \begin{macro}{\examplech at irxname}
+% \begin{macro}{\exercisech at irxname}
+% \begin{macro}{\hintch at irxname}
+% \begin{macro}{\lemmach at irxname}
+% \begin{macro}{\maintheoremch at irxname}
+% \begin{macro}{\notationch at irxname}
+% \begin{macro}{\proofch at irxname}
+% \begin{macro}{\propositionch at irxname}
+% \begin{macro}{\questionch at irxname}
+% \begin{macro}{\remarkch at irxname}
+% \begin{macro}{\subproofch at irxname}
+% \begin{macro}{\theoremch at irxname}
+%
+% First we define the names of the environments in English.
+% Currently we support German and English if the |babel| package
+% is loaded, insert more as you like.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\claimch at irxname}{Claim}
+\newcommand{\conjecturech at irxname}{Conjecture}
+\newcommand{\conventionch at irxname}{Convention}
+\newcommand{\corollarych at irxname}{Corollary}
+\newcommand{\definitionch at irxname}{Definition}
+\newcommand{\examplech at irxname}{Example}
+\newcommand{\exercisech at irxname}{Exercise}
+\newcommand{\hintch at irxname}{Hint}
+\newcommand{\lemmach at irxname}{Lemma}
+\newcommand{\maintheoremch at irxname}{Main Theorem}
+\newcommand{\notationch at irxname}{Notation}
+\newcommand{\proofch at irxname}{Proof}
+\newcommand{\propositionch at irxname}{Proposition}
+\newcommand{\questionch at irxname}{Question}
+\newcommand{\remarkch at irxname}{Remark}
+\newcommand{\subproofch at irxname}{Proof}
+\newcommand{\theoremch at irxname}{Theorem}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% If the |babel| package is loaded with the option for English we fill
+% them with the correct English words. Note that we also need the
+% |strings| option to make this work. Otherwise we do nothing.
+% Careful: no spaces allowed in the list!
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{english,strings}{%
+ \StartBabelCommands{english}{extras}
+ \SetString{\chapterch at irxname}{Chapter}
+ \SetString{\sectionch at irxname}{Section}
+ \SetString{\subsectionch at irxname}{Section}
+ \SetString{\subsubsectionch at irxname}{Section}
+ \SetString{\lemmach at irxname}{Lemma}
+ \SetString{\propositionch at irxname}{Proposition}
+ \SetString{\theoremch at irxname}{Theorem}
+ \SetString{\corollarych at irxname}{Corollary}
+ \SetString{\definitionch at irxname}{Definition}
+ \SetString{\claimch at irxname}{Claim}
+ \SetString{\examplech at irxname}{Example}
+ \SetString{\remarkch at irxname}{Remark}
+ \SetString{\questionch at irxname}{Question}
+ \SetString{\conjecturech at irxname}{Conjecture}
+ \SetString{\conventionch at irxname}{Convention}
+ \SetString{\exercisech at irxname}{Exercise}
+ \SetString{\maintheoremch at irxname}{Main Theorem}
+ \SetString{\notationch at irxname}{Notation}
+ \SetString{\proofch at irxname}{Proof}
+ \SetString{\subproofch at irxname}{Proof}
+ \SetString{\hintch at irxname}{Hint}
+ \EndBabelCommands
+}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Same thing in German.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{german,strings}{%
+ \StartBabelCommands{german}{extras}
+ \SetString{\chapterch at irxname}{Kapitel}
+ \SetString{\sectionch at irxname}{Abschnitt}
+ \SetString{\subsectionch at irxname}{Abschnitt}
+ \SetString{\subsubsectionch at irxname}{Abschnitt}
+ \SetString{\lemmach at irxname}{Lemma}
+ \SetString{\propositionch at irxname}{Proposition}
+ \SetString{\theoremch at irxname}{Satz}
+ \SetString{\corollarych at irxname}{Korollar}
+ \SetString{\definitionch at irxname}{Definition}
+ \SetString{\claimch at irxname}{Behauptung}
+ \SetString{\examplech at irxname}{Beispiel}
+ \SetString{\remarkch at irxname}{Bemerkung}
+ \SetString{\questionch at irxname}{Frage}
+ \SetString{\conjecturech at irxname}{Vermutung}
+ \SetString{\conventionch at irxname}{Konvention}
+ \SetString{\exercisech at irxname}{\"Ubung}
+ \SetString{\maintheoremch at irxname}{Theorem}
+ \SetString{\notationch at irxname}{Notation}
+ \SetString{\proofch at irxname}{Beweis}
+ \SetString{\subproofch at irxname}{Beweis}
+ \SetString{\hintch at irxname}{Hinweis}
+ \EndBabelCommands
+}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Now we define the actual environments. We start with header in bold
+% and body in italic.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\theoremheaderfont{\normalfont\bfseries}
+\theorembodyfont{\itshape}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{claim}
+% \begin{environment}{conjecture}
+% \begin{environment}{corollary}
+% \begin{environment}{definition}
+% \begin{environment}{lemma}
+% \begin{environment}{proposition}
+% \begin{environment}{theorem}
+%
+% Now those environments with this styling, all share the common
+% numbering scheme. In order to make |\autoref| work properly we
+% need to define alias counter. For each environment we also
+% define |\*autorefname|.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newtheorem{claim}{\claimch at irxname}[section]
+\newtheorem*{nnclaim}{\claimch at irxname}
+\newaliascnt{conjecture}{claim}
+\newtheorem{conjecture}[conjecture]{\conjecturech at irxname}
+\newtheorem*{nnconjecture}{\conjecturech at irxname}
+\aliascntresetthe{conjecture}
+\newaliascnt{corollary}{claim}
+\newtheorem{corollary}[corollary]{\corollarych at irxname}
+\newtheorem*{nncorollary}{\corollarych at irxname}
+\aliascntresetthe{corollary}
+\newaliascnt{definition}{claim}
+\newtheorem{definition}[definition]{\definitionch at irxname}
+\newtheorem*{nndefinition}{\definitionch at irxname}
+\aliascntresetthe{definition}
+\newaliascnt{lemma}{claim}
+\newtheorem{lemma}[lemma]{\lemmach at irxname}
+\newtheorem*{nnlemma}{\lemmach at irxname}
+\aliascntresetthe{lemma}
+\newaliascnt{proposition}{claim}
+\newtheorem{proposition}[proposition]{\propositionch at irxname}
+\newtheorem*{nnproposition}{\propositionch at irxname}
+\aliascntresetthe{proposition}
+\newaliascnt{theorem}{claim}
+\newtheorem{theorem}[theorem]{\theoremch at irxname}
+\newtheorem*{nntheorem}{\theoremch at irxname}
+\aliascntresetthe{theorem}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% Next we set the body font to roman.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\theorembodyfont{\rmfamily}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{example}
+% \begin{environment}{convention}
+% \begin{environment}{notation}
+% \begin{environment}{question}
+% \begin{environment}{remark}
+%
+% And have some more environments, still numbered with the same
+% counter.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newaliascnt{example}{claim}
+\newtheorem{example}[example]{\examplech at irxname}
+\newtheorem*{nnexample}{\examplech at irxname}
+\aliascntresetthe{example}
+\newaliascnt{convention}{claim}
+\newtheorem{convention}[convention]{\conventionch at irxname}
+\newtheorem*{nnconvention}{\conventionch at irxname}
+\aliascntresetthe{convention}
+\newaliascnt{notation}{claim}
+\newtheorem{notation}[notation]{\notationch at irxname}
+\newtheorem*{nnnotation}{\notationch at irxname}
+\aliascntresetthe{notation}
+\newaliascnt{question}{claim}
+\newtheorem{question}[question]{\questionch at irxname}
+\newtheorem*{nnquestion}{\questionch at irxname}
+\aliascntresetthe{question}
+\newaliascnt{remark}{claim}
+\newtheorem{remark}[remark]{\remarkch at irxname}
+\newtheorem*{nnremark}{\remarkch at irxname}
+\aliascntresetthe{remark}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{exercise}
+%
+% The exercise environment has a separate counter.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newtheorem{exercise}{\exercisech at irxname}[section]
+\newtheorem*{nnexercise}{\exercisech at irxname}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{maintheorem}
+%
+% We change now for the main theorem styling
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\theorembodyfont{\itshape}
+\theoremnumbering{Roman}
+\newtheorem{maintheorem}{\maintheoremch at irxname}
+\newtheorem*{nnmaintheorem}{\maintheoremch at irxname}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{proof}
+% \begin{environment}{subproof}
+%
+% The proof environments. We use the boxempty symbol from the AMSa
+% font.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareMathSymbol\ch at irxboxempty{\mathord}{AMSa}{"03}
+\theoremheaderfont{\scshape}
+\theorembodyfont{\normalfont}
+\theoremstyle{nonumberplain}
+\theoremseparator{:}
+\theoremsymbol{\hbox{$\ch at irxboxempty$}}
+\newtheorem{proof}{\proofch at irxname}
+\theoremsymbol{\hbox{$\triangledown$}}
+\newtheorem{subproof}{\proofch at irxname}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{hint}
+%
+% The hint environment, without numbers and very small.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newenvironment{hint}{\par\footnotesize\medskip\noindent\hintch at irxname: }{\par\smallskip\normalsize}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% In the theorem titles only the ordinary text in boldface, not the
+% math formulas. Nice hack from David Carlisle via tex.stackexchange
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\theorem at checkbold{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% To make these new environments compatible with the |\autoref|
+% macro of the |hyperref|-package, we need the following
+% |\*autorefname| commands.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand{\claimautorefname}{\claimch at irxname}
+\providecommand{\conjectureautorefname}{\conjecturech at irxname}
+\providecommand{\conventionautorefname}{\conventionch at irxname}
+\providecommand{\corollaryautorefname}{\corollarych at irxname}
+\providecommand{\definitionautorefname}{\definitionch at irxname}
+\providecommand{\lemmaautorefname}{\lemmach at irxname}
+\providecommand{\propositionautorefname}{\propositionch at irxname}
+\providecommand{\exampleautorefname}{\examplech at irxname}
+\providecommand{\notationautorefname}{\notationch at irxname}
+\providecommand{\questionautorefname}{\questionch at irxname}
+\providecommand{\remarkautorefname}{\remarkch at irxname}
+\providecommand{\exerciseautorefname}{\exercisech at irxname}
+\providecommand{\thmautorefname}{\theoremch at irxname}
+\providecommand{\maintheoremautorefname}{\maintheoremch at irxname}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% To redefine |\*autorefname| commands which are predefined in |hyperref|,
+% we need a little hack: to allow that |hyperref| is loaded after |nchairx|
+% we put these commands at the beginning of the document part.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Now we fill the |\*autorefname| macros with the language specific names,
+% in order to guarantee compatibility with |babel|.
+% First in english
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{english,strings}{%
+ \StartBabelCommands{english}{extras}
+ \SetString{\chapterautorefname}{\chapterch at irxname}
+ \SetString{\sectionautorefname}{\sectionch at irxname}
+ \SetString{\subsectionautorefname}{\subsectionch at irxname}
+ \SetString{\subsubsectionautorefname}{\subsubsectionch at irxname}
+ \SetString{\theoremautorefname}{\theoremch at irxname}
+ \EndBabelCommands
+}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% then in german
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{german,strings}{%
+ \StartBabelCommands{german}{extras}
+ \SetString{\chapterautorefname}{\chapterch at irxname}
+ \SetString{\sectionautorefname}{\sectionch at irxname}
+ \SetString{\subsectionautorefname}{\subsectionch at irxname}
+ \SetString{\subsubsectionautorefname}{\subsubsectionch at irxname}
+ \SetString{\theoremautorefname}{\theoremch at irxname}
+ \EndBabelCommands
+}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Close the |\AtBeginDocument| command.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \begin{environment}{claimlist}
+% \begin{environment}{conjecturelist}
+% \begin{environment}{conventionlist}
+% \begin{environment}{corollarylist}
+% \begin{environment}{definitionlist}
+% \begin{environment}{lemmalist}
+% \begin{environment}{propositionlist}
+% \begin{environment}{theoremlist}
+% \begin{environment}{prooflist}
+%
+% Next, we define list environments for all the above types of
+% math environments. They are build using the |enumitem| package
+% and use a rather compact appearance. Each math environment has
+% its own list, though all of them are equal at the moment.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newenvironment{claimlist}[1][]{%
+ \enumerate[%
+ topsep = 0.2em,
+ partopsep = 0em,
+ itemsep = 0.2em,
+ parsep = 0.1em,
+ label=\textit{\roman*.)},
+ #1%
+ ]%
+ }%
+ {\endenumerate}
+\newenvironment{conjecturelist}[1][]{%
+ \enumerate[%
+ topsep = 0.2em,
+ partopsep = 0em,
+ itemsep = 0.2em,
+ parsep = 0.1em,
+ label=\textit{\roman*.)},
+ #1%
+ ]%
+ }%
+ {\endenumerate}
+\newenvironment{conventionlist}[1][]{%
+ \enumerate[%
+ topsep = 0.2em,
+ partopsep = 0em,
+ itemsep = 0.2em,
+ parsep = 0.1em,
+ label=\textit{\roman*.)},
+ #1%
+ ]%
+}%
+{\endenumerate}
+\newenvironment{corollarylist}[1][]{%
+ \enumerate[%
+ topsep = 0.2em,
+ partopsep = 0em,
+ itemsep = 0.2em,
+ parsep = 0.1em,
+ label=\textit{\roman*.)},
+ #1%
+ ]
+ }%
+ {\endenumerate}
+\newenvironment{definitionlist}[1][]{%
+ \enumerate[%
+ topsep = 0.2em,
+ partopsep = 0em,
+ itemsep = 0.2em,
+ parsep = 0.1em,
+ label=\textit{\roman*.)},
+ #1%
+ ]
+ }%
+ {\endenumerate}
+\newenvironment{lemmalist}[1][]{%
+ \enumerate[%
+ topsep = 0.2em,
+ partopsep = 0em,
+ itemsep = 0.2em,
+ parsep = 0.1em,
+ label=\textit{\roman*.)},
+ #1%
+ ]
+ }%
+ {\endenumerate}
+\newenvironment{propositionlist}[1][]{%
+ \enumerate[%
+ topsep = 0.2em,
+ partopsep = 0em,
+ itemsep = 0.2em,
+ parsep = 0.1em,
+ label=\textit{\roman*.)},
+ #1%
+ ]
+ }%
+ {\endenumerate}
+\newenvironment{theoremlist}[1][]{%
+ \enumerate[%
+ topsep = 0.2em,
+ partopsep = 0em,
+ itemsep = 0.2em,
+ parsep = 0.1em,
+ label=\textit{\roman*.)},
+ #1%
+ ]
+ }%
+ {\endenumerate}
+\newenvironment{prooflist}[1][]{%
+ \enumerate[%
+ topsep = 0.2em,
+ partopsep = 0em,
+ itemsep = 0.2em,
+ parsep = 0.1em,
+ label=\textit{\roman*.)},
+ #1%
+ ]
+}%
+{\endenumerate}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{examplelist}
+% \begin{environment}{notationlist}
+% \begin{environment}{questionlist}
+% \begin{environment}{remarklist}
+%
+% Also for the following environments we have lists:
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newenvironment{examplelist}[1][]{%
+ \enumerate[%
+ topsep = 0.2em,
+ partopsep = 0em,
+ itemsep = 0.2em,
+ parsep = 0.1em,
+ label=\textit{\roman*.)},
+ #1%
+ ]%
+ }%
+ {\endenumerate}
+\newenvironment{notationlist}[1][]{%
+ \enumerate[%
+ topsep = 0.2em,
+ partopsep = 0em,
+ itemsep = 0.2em,
+ parsep = 0.1em,
+ label=\textit{\roman*.)},
+ #1%
+ ]%
+ }%
+ {\enumerate}
+\newenvironment{questionlist}[1][]{%
+ \enumerate[%
+ topsep = 0.2em,
+ partopsep = 0em,
+ itemsep = 0.2em,
+ parsep = 0.1em,
+ label=\textit{\roman*.)},
+ #1%
+ ]%
+ }%
+ {\endenumerate}
+\newenvironment{remarklist}[1][]{%
+ \enumerate[%
+ topsep = 0.2em,
+ partopsep = 0em,
+ itemsep = 0.2em,
+ parsep = 0.1em,
+ label=\textit{\roman*.)},
+ #1%
+ ]%
+ }%
+ {\endenumerate}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{exerciselist}
+%
+% For the exercises we also need a separate list.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newenvironment{exerciselist}[1][]{%
+ \enumerate[%
+ topsep = 0.2em,
+ partopsep = 0em,
+ itemsep = 0.2em,
+ parsep = 0.1em,
+ label=\textit{\roman*.)},
+ #1%
+ ]%
+ }%
+ {\endenumerate}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{maintheoremlist}
+%
+% And the main theorem might also consist of several parts which
+% we want to number.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newenvironment{maintheoremlist}[1][]{%
+ \enumerate[%
+ topsep = 0.2em,
+ partopsep = 0em,
+ itemsep = 0.2em,
+ parsep = 0.1em,
+ label=\textit{\roman*.)},
+ #1%
+ ]%
+ }%
+ {\endenumerate}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% We also provide compact versions of the lists in general (similar to
+% the |paralist| package)
+%
+% \begin{environment}{cptenum}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newenvironment{cptenum}[1][]{%
+ \enumerate[%
+ topsep = 0.2em,
+ partopsep = 0em,
+ itemsep = 0.2em,
+ parsep = 0.1em,
+ label=\textit{\roman*.)},
+ #1%
+ ]
+ }%
+ {\endenumerate}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{cptitem}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newenvironment{cptitem}[1][]{%
+ \begin{itemize}[%
+ topsep = 0.2em,
+ partopsep = 0em,
+ itemsep = 0.2em,
+ parsep = 0.1em,
+ #1%
+ ]
+ }%
+ {\end{itemize}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{cptdesc}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newenvironment{cptdesc}[1][]{%
+ \begin{description}[%
+ topsep = 0.2em,
+ partopsep = 0em,
+ itemsep = 0.2em,
+ parsep = 0.1em,
+ #1%
+ ]
+ }%
+ {\end{description}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+%
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxEnv.dtx
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxEnvDoc.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxEnvDoc.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxEnvDoc.dtx 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2018 - 2021 by ChairX
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file contains the documentation of the environment handling.
+%
+% Macros have to be described by (delete the first %)
+% \DescribeMacro{\macro}
+% Description and usage of the macro.
+%
+% The description will appear in the usage
+% part of the documentation. Use \subsubsection{} etc. for structuring.
+%
+% The implementation of the macros defined here has to be written in
+% chairxEnv.dtx
+%\fi
+%
+% \subsubsection{The Predefined Environments}
+%\label{sec:doc_PredefinedEnvironments}
+%
+% The following theorem-like environments will be defined as standards
+% as they will be needed anyway. We use the |ntheorem| package
+% to do this and load it automatically with several options. Hence you
+% should not load it by hand with other options.
+%
+%
+\DescribeEnv{claim}
+\DescribeEnv{corollary}
+\DescribeEnv{definition}
+\DescribeEnv{lemma}
+\DescribeEnv{proposition}
+\DescribeEnv{theorem}
+% As usually needed we define the standard mathematical environments
+% |claim|, |corollary|, |definition|, |lemma|, |proposition|, and
+% |theorem| with a common appearance: titles in bold, body in
+% italic. The numbering will use a common counter including the
+% section counter.
+%
+%
+\DescribeEnv{conjecture}
+\DescribeEnv{convention}
+\DescribeEnv{example}
+\DescribeEnv{notation}
+\DescribeEnv{question}
+\DescribeEnv{remark}
+% The environments |conjecture|, |example|, |notation|, |question|,
+% and |remark| use the same counter as the above ones but have a body
+% in roman.
+%
+%
+\DescribeEnv{exercise}
+% The environment |exercise| has its own counter including the section
+% and is set in roman.
+%
+%
+\DescribeEnv{maintheorem}
+% We have a |maintheorem| environment which has no numbering at all:
+% this is useful for papers where there is one and only one main
+% theorem you want to place at a particular place, say in the
+% introduction.
+%
+%
+\DescribeEnv{nn<environment>}
+% For all these environments there is a non-numbered version |nn<environment>|.
+% So one can use e.g. |\begin{nntheorem} ... \end{nntheorem}| to get the theorem
+% environment as above, but without numbering.
+%
+% These environments are compatible with |autoref|. Hence using
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\autoref{label_to_<env-name>}|
+% \end{quote}
+% will give a linked reference to the
+% environment labelled with
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\label{label_to_<env-name>}|
+% \end{quote}
+% with a prefix depending on the type of environment. This also works
+% for chapters, sections, etc.
+% For non-numbered environments one should still use |\ref|.
+%
+%
+\DescribeEnv{proof}
+\DescribeEnv{subproof}
+% We have a |proof| and a |subproof| environment with an automatic
+% tombstone sign at their ends. The location of the tombstone signs is
+% maintained by the |ntheorem| package in a really good way. The
+% |proof| environment finishes with a box sign, the subproof with
+% $\triangledown$. The only catch is that one should not use the
+% commands |\[| and |\]| for equations without numbers in the proof
+% environment anymore: this causes errors as soon as one wants to
+% place a |\tag{$*$}| for these equations. Instead, one can achieve
+% this as follows:
+% \begin{center}
+% \begin{tabular}[l]{p{0.8\textwidth}}
+% |\begin{equation*}| \\
+% | E = mc^2|\\
+% | \tag{$*$}|\\
+% |\end{equation*}|
+% \end{tabular}
+% \end{center}
+% It seems that also some float environments (like |figure| or
+% |table|) at the end of the proof confuse the |ntheorem| package: you
+% should avoid this by placing the float outside of the |proof|
+% environment.
+%
+%
+\DescribeEnv{hint}
+% We have a |hint| environment to be used inside exercises: set in a
+% very small font and without numbering.
+%
+%
+\DescribeEnv{<environment>list}
+% We have special list environments |claimlist|, |conjecturelist|, |conventionlist|,
+% |corollarylist|, |definitionlist|, |examplelist|, |exerciselist|,
+% |lemmalist|, |maintheoremlist|, |notationlist|, |propositionlist|,
+% |questionlist|, |remarklist|, |theoremlist| and |prooflist| corresponding to the
+% above mathematical environments. They allow to control the
+% appearance of the item lists individually. The items will be
+% numbered in italic and can be referred to using the command
+% |\ref{item:MyLabel}|. Currently, all the lists are styled the same
+% way, but this can individually be changed easily. The lists are
+% build using the |enumitem| package.
+% You can use all options that are available by the |enumitem| package
+% also for these lists.
+%
+%
+% \DescribeEnv{cptenum}
+% \DescribeEnv{cptitem}
+% \DescribeEnv{cptdesc}
+% Beside these mathematical environments we also provide generic
+% compact lists: |cptenum|, |cptitem|, and |cptdesc| similar to the
+% lists from the |paralist| package.
+%
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxEnvDoc.dtx
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxLogo.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxLogo.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxLogo.dtx 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2018 - 2021 by ChairX
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file contains the implementation of the environment handling.
+%
+% Macros have to be described by (delete the first %)
+% %\begin{macro}{\macro}
+% % Description of the implementation.
+% % \begin{macrocode}
+%\newcommand{\macro}[] {}
+% % \end{macrocode}
+% %\end{macro}
+%
+% The implementation and description will appear in the implementation
+% part of the documentation. Use \subsubsection{} etc. for
+% structuring.
+%
+% The documentation of the macros defined here has to be written in
+% chairxEnvDoc.dtx
+% \fi
+%
+% The header logo with textwidth
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\nchairxheader}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\nchairxheader}{\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{nchairxheader.pdf}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% The logo with variable width
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\nchairxlogo}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\nchairxlogo}[1]{\includegraphics[width=#1]{nchairxlogo.pdf}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxLogo.dtx
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxLogoDoc.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxLogoDoc.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxLogoDoc.dtx 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2018 - 2021 by ChairX
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file contains the documentation of the environment handling.
+%
+% Macros have to be described by (delete the first %)
+% \DescribeMacro{\macro}
+% Description and usage of the macro.
+%
+% The description will appear in the usage
+% part of the documentation. Use \subsubsection{} etc. for structuring.
+%
+% The implementation of the macros defined here has to be written in
+% chairxEnv.dtx
+%\fi
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\nchairxheader}
+% The \textsf{nChairX} package provides two macros for your personal
+% logo. With
+% \begin{center}
+% \begin{tabular}[l]{p{0.8\textwidth}}
+% \verb|\nchairxheader|
+% \end{tabular}
+% \end{center}
+% you obtain a header logo with the full textwidth. It uses the file
+% |nchairxheader.pdf| which has to be in your \LaTeX{} search path.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\nchairxlogo}
+% The other logo \verb|\nchairxlogo| is smaller and can be used with a
+% specific width as argument. It includes the file |nchairxlogo.pdf| which
+% has to be in the search path as well. The argument is the width in a valid
+% \LaTeX{} unit producing e.g. \nchairxlogo{3em}.
+%
+%
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxLogoDoc.dtx
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmath.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmath.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmath.dtx 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2018 - 2021 by ChairX
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% \fi
+%
+%\iffalse
+%<*chairxmath>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{chairxmath}
+ [2021/07/29 v1.0.0 First major release]
+
+%</chairxmath>
+%
+%<*driver>
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+
+\usepackage{chairxmath}
+\usepackage{xcolor}
+\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage{ifdraft}
+\usepackage{gitinfo2}
+\usepackage[linktoc=all]{hyperref}
+
+\EnableCrossrefs
+
+\CodelineIndex
+
+\RecordChanges
+
+% ˆˆA suppress indentation
+\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}
+
+\begin{document}
+ \DocInput{chairxmath.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+%\fi
+%
+% \CheckSum{1540}
+%
+% \changes{v0.1}{2018/02/27}{Initial test}
+% \changes{v0.9}{2019/02/21}{First official release}
+% \changes{v1.0.0}{2021/07/29}{First major release}
+%
+% \GetFileInfo{chairxmath.sty}
+%
+% \title{The \textsf{ChairX Math} package}
+% \author{ChairX \\
+% \ifdraft{Last changes by \gitAuthorName{} on \gitAuthorDate \\ }
+% \ifdraft{Git revision of nchairx:}
+% \ifdraft{\texttt{\gitAbbrevHash{}} {\gitReferences{}} \\ }
+% \ifdraft{}
+% Version \fileversion{} (\filedate) \\
+% \texttt{marvin.dippell at mathematik.uni-wuerzburg.com}}
+%
+% \maketitle
+%
+% \begin{abstract}
+% This is a part of the new ChairX package providing the famous
+% ChairX macros for mathematics.
+% \end{abstract}
+%
+% \setcounter{tocdepth}{2}
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \section{Introduction}
+%
+% This package defines the new package |chairxmath|. It can be used as
+% a standalone version of the math macros from |nchairx| if the other
+% settings and defaults of |nchairx| are not needed or wanted.
+%
+% \section{Usage}
+%
+% \subsection{Fonts}
+% \input{chairxmathFontsDoc.dtx}
+%
+% \subsection{New Delimiters}
+% \input{chairxmathDelimitersDoc.dtx}
+%
+% \subsection{General Mathematics Macros}
+% \input{chairxmathGeneralDoc.dtx}
+%
+% \subsection{Algebra}
+% \input{chairxmathAlgebraDoc.dtx}
+%
+% \subsection{Analysis}
+% \input{chairxmathAnalysisDoc.dtx}
+%
+% \subsection{Category Theory}
+% \input{chairxmathCategoryDoc.dtx}
+%
+% \subsection{Differential Geometry}
+% \input{chairxmathDiffgeoDoc.dtx}
+%
+% \subsection{Linear Algebra}
+% \input{chairxmathLinalgDoc.dtx}
+%
+% \subsection{Statistics}
+% \input{chairxmathStatisticsDoc.dtx}
+%
+% \subsection{Topology}
+% \input{chairxmathTopologyDoc.dtx}
+%
+% \StopEventually{\PrintIndex \PrintChanges}
+%
+% \section{Implementation}
+% The following packages are required:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{amsmath}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{amssymb}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{mathtools}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Grab only those fonts from stmry which we actually need
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareSymbolFont{stmry}{U}{stmry}{m}{n}
+\SetSymbolFont{stmry}{bold}{U}{stmry}{b}{n}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{xkeyval}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Used for allowing key-value pairs as options.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{tensor}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The |suffix| package allows to define $*$-versions of macros.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{suffix}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% In order to get the package options for |nchairx| working, the following needs to be defined.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\if at loadmath \@loadmathtrue
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Fonts}
+% \input{chairxmathFonts.dtx}
+%
+% \subsection{New Delimiters}
+% \input{chairxmathDelimiters.dtx}
+%
+% \subsection{General Mathematics Macros}
+% \input{chairxmathGeneral.dtx}
+%
+%\subsection{Algebra}
+%\input{chairxmathAlgebra.dtx}
+%
+%\subsection{Analysis}
+%\input{chairxmathAnalysis.dtx}
+%
+%\subsection{Category Theory}
+%\input{chairxmathCategory.dtx}
+%
+%\subsection{Differential Geometry}
+%\input{chairxmathDiffgeo.dtx}
+%
+%\subsection{Linear Algebra}
+%\input{chairxmathLinalg.dtx}
+%
+%\subsection{Statistics}
+%\input{chairxmathStatistics.dtx}
+%
+%\subsection{Topology}
+%\input{chairxmathTopology.dtx}
+%
+%
+% \Finale
+\endinput
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmath.dtx
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmath.ins
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmath.ins (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmath.ins 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2018 by ChairX
+%%
+%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+%% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+%% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%%
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%%
+%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+%% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%%
+\input docstrip.tex
+\keepsilent
+\usedir{tex/latex/chairxmath}
+\preamble
+This is a generated file.
+
+Copyright (C) 2018 by ChairX
+
+This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+version. The latest version of this license is in:
+
+http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+
+LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+\endpreamble
+
+\generate{\file{chairxmath.sty}{
+ \from{chairxmath.dtx}{chairxmath}
+ \from{chairxmathFonts.dtx}{chairxmathFonts}
+ \from{chairxmathDelimiters.dtx}{chairxmathDelimiters}
+ \from{chairxmathDecoration.dtx}{chairxmathDecoration}
+ \from{chairxmathGeneral.dtx}{chairxmathGeneral}
+ \from{chairxmathAlgebra.dtx}{chairxmathAlgebra}
+ \from{chairxmathAnalysis.dtx}{chairxmathAnalysis}
+ \from{chairxmathCategory.dtx}{chairxmathCategory}
+ \from{chairxmathDiffgeo.dtx}{chairxmathDiffgeo}
+ \from{chairxmathLinalg.dtx}{chairxmathLinalg}
+ \from{chairxmathStatistics.dtx}{chairxmathStatistics}
+ \from{chairxmathTopology.dtx}{chairxmathTopology}
+ }}
+\Msg{*********************************************************}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the}
+\Msg{* following file into a directory searched by TeX:}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* \space\space chairxmath.sty}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file chairxmath.dtx}
+\Msg{* through LaTeX.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* Happy TeXing!}
+\Msg{*********************************************************}
+\endbatchfile
\ No newline at end of file
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathAlgebra.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathAlgebra.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathAlgebra.dtx 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -0,0 +1,383 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2018 - 2021 by ChairX
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file contains the implementation of all algebra related macros.
+%
+% Macros have to be described by (delete the first %)
+% %\begin{macro}{\macro}
+% % Description of the implementation.
+% % \begin{macrocode}
+%\newcommand{\macro}[] {}
+% % \end{macrocode}
+% %\end{macro}
+%
+% The implementation and description will appear in the implementation
+% part of the documentation. Use \subsubsection{} etc. for structuring.
+%
+% The documentation of the macros defined here has to be written in
+% chairxmathAlgebraDoc.dtx
+%\fi
+%
+% First we check of macros should be included:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\if at loadmath
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%\subsubsection{Fonts for Rings and Things}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\field}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\field}[1]{\ch at irxfieldfont{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\ring}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\ring}[1]{\ch at irxringfont{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\group}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\group}[1]{\ch at irxgroupfont{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\algebra}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\algebra}[1]{\ch at irxalgebrafont{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\module}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\module}[1]{\ch at irxmodulefont{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\liealg}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\liealg}[1]{\ch at irxliealgfont{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\MC}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\MC}{{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{MC}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\gerstenhaber}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\gerstenhaber}[1] {\ch at irxgerstenhaberfont{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Some Symbols needed in Algebra}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Pol}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Pol}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Pol}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\lmult}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\lmult}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{\ell}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\rmult}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\rmult}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{r}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Lmult}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Lmult}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{L}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Rmult}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Rmult}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{R}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Center}
+% Needs |mathrsfs| package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Center}{\mathscr{Z}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\ad}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\ad}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{ad}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Ad}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Ad}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Ad}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Conj}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Conj}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Conj}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\acts}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\acts}{\mathbin{\triangleright}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\racts}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\racts}{\mathbin{\triangleleft}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Char}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Char}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{char}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\modulo}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\modulo}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{mod}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Clifford}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Clifford}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Cl}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\cClifford}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\cClifford}{\operatorname{\mathbb{C}\ch at irxoperatorfont{l}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Der}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Der}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Der}}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\Der*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\Der}{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\InnDer}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\InnDer}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{InnDer}}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\InnDer*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\InnDer}{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\OutDer}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\OutDer}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{OutDer}}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\OutDer*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\OutDer}{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\InnAut}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\InnAut}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{InnAut}}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\InnAut*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\InnAut}{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\OutAut}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\OutAut}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{OutAut}}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\OutAut*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\OutAut}{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\formal}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\formal}[1]{\ch at irxllbbracket #1\ch at irxrrbbracket}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\laurent}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\laurent}[1]{(\!(#1)\!)}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\sweedler}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\sweedler}[1]{{\scriptscriptstyle(#1)}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Categories from Algebra}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\algebras}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\algebras}{\categoryname{alg}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\algebras*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\algebras}{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Algebras}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Algebras}{\categoryname{Alg}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\Algebras*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\Algebras}{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\reps}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\reps}{\categoryname{rep}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\reps*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\reps}{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Reps}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Reps}{\categoryname{Rep}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\Reps*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\Reps}{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\PoissonAlg}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\PoissonAlg}{\categoryname{PoissonAlg}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\PoissonAlg*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\PoissonAlg}{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\modules}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\modules}{\categoryname{mod}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\modules*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\modules}{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Leftmodules}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Leftmodules}[1]{{#1}\textsf{-}\categoryname{mod}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Rightmodules}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Rightmodules}[2][]{\categoryname{mod}_{#1}\textsf{-}{#2}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Modules}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Modules}{\categoryname{Mod}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\Modules*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\Modules}{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\LeftModules}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\LeftModules}[1]{{#1}\textsf{-}\categoryname{Mod}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\RightModules}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\RightModules}[2][]{\categoryname{Mod}_{#1}\textsf{-}{#2}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Bimodules}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Bimodules}{\categoryname{Bimod}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\Bimodules*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\Bimodules}{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Rings}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Rings}{\categoryname{Ring}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Groups}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Groups}{\categoryname{Group}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Ab}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Ab}{\categoryname{Ab}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Lattices}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Lattices}{\categoryname{Lattice}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Sets}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Sets}{\categoryname{Set}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Vect}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Vect}{\categoryname{Vect}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\LieAlgs}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\LieAlgs}{\categoryname{LieAlg}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Posets}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Posets}{\categoryname{Poset}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Directed}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Directed}{\categoryname{Directed}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GSets}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\GSets}[1][{G}]{{#1}\textrm{-}\Sets}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Groupoids}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Groupoids}{\categoryname{Groupoid}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathAlgebra.dtx
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathAlgebraDoc.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathAlgebraDoc.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathAlgebraDoc.dtx 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2018 - 2021 by ChairX
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file contains the documentation of all algebra related macros.
+%
+% Macros have to be described by (delete the first %)
+% \DescribeMacro{\macro}
+% Description and usage of the macro.
+%
+% The description will appear in the usage
+% part of the documentation. Use \subsubsection{} etc. for structuring.
+%
+% The implementation of the macros defined here has to be written in
+% chairxmathAlgebra.dtx
+%\fi
+%
+%\subsubsection{Fonts for Rings and Things}
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\field}
+% Font for rings |\field{R}|: $\field{R}$\\
+% Uses |fieldfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\ring}
+% Font for rings |\ring{C}|: $\ring{C}$\\
+% Uses |ringfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\group}
+% Font for particular (matrix) groups |\group{SO}(3)|: $\group{SO}(3)$\\
+% Uses |groupfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\algebra}
+% Font for algebras |\algebra{A}|: $\algebra{A}$\\
+% Uses |algebrafont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\module}
+% Font for modules |\module{M}|: $\module{M}$\\
+% Uses |modulefont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\liealg}
+% Font for Lie algebras |\liealg{g}|: $\liealg{g}$\\
+% Uses |liealgfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\MC}
+% MC for Maurer-Cartan as a tiny index |\mu_\MC \in \liealg{g}^1|: $\mu_\MC \in \liealg{g}^1$\\
+% Uses |scriptfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\gerstenhaber}
+% Font for Gerstenhaber algebras |\gerstenhaber{G}|: $\gerstenhaber{G}$\\
+% Uses |gerstenhaberfont|.
+%
+%\subsubsection{Some Symbols needed in Algebra}
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\Pol}
+% Polynomials and polynomial functions |\Pol(T^*Q)|: $\Pol(T^*Q)$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\lmult}
+% Left multiplications |\lmult_a|: $\lmult_a$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\rmult}
+% Right multiplications |\rmult_b|: $\rmult_b$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\Lmult}
+% Left multiplications |\Lmult_a|: $\Lmult_a$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\Rmult}
+% Right multiplications |\Rmult_b|: $\Rmult_b$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\Center}
+% Center |\Center(\algebra{A})|: $\Center(\algebra{A})$
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\ad}
+% Adjoint action (infinitesimal) |\ad(a)|: $\ad(a)$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\Ad}
+% Adjoint action |\Ad_g|: $\Ad_g$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\Conj}
+% Conjugation |\Conj_g|: $\Conj_g$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\acts}
+% A generic (left) action map |g \acts a|: $g \acts a$
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\racts}
+% A generic right action map |a \racts g|: $a \racts g$
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\Char}
+% Characteristics of a field |\Char(\mathbb{k})|: $\Char(\mathbb{k})$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\modulo}
+% Yet another modulo |n \modulo 2|: $n \modulo 2$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Clifford}
+% Clifford algebra generated by a vector space and a bilinear form:
+% |\Clifford(V, h)|: $\Clifford(V, h)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\cClifford}
+% Complex Clifford algebra |\cClifford(V, h)|: $\cClifford(V, h)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Der}
+% ($*$-)Derivations |\Der(\algebra{A})|: $\Der(\algebra{A})$\\
+% |\Der*(\algebra{A})|: $\Der*(\algebra{A})$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\InnDer}
+% Inner ($*$-)derivations |\InnDer(\algebra{A})|: $\InnDer(\algebra{A})$\\
+% |\InnDer*(\algebra{A})|: $\InnDer*(\algebra{A})$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\OutDer}
+% Outer ($*$-)derivations |\OutDer(\algebra{A})|: $\OutDer(\algebra{A})$\\
+% |\OutDer*(\algebra{A})|: $\OutDer*(\algebra{A})$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\InnAut}
+% Inner ($*$-)automorphisms |\InnAut(\algebra{A})|: $\InnAut(\algebra{A})$\\
+% |\InnAut*(\algebra{A})|: $\InnAut*(\algebra{A})$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\OutAut}
+% Outer ($*$-)automorphisms |\OutAut(\algebra{A})|: $\OutAut(\algebra{A})$\\
+% |\OutAut*(\algebra{A})|: $\OutAut*(\algebra{A})$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\formal}
+% Formal power series in some variables |V\formal{\lambda}|:
+% $V \formal{\lambda}$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\laurent}
+% Formal Laurent series in some variables |V\laurent{\lambda}|:
+% $V \laurent{\lambda}$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\sweedler}
+% Smaller index for Sweedler notation in Hopf algebra theory \\
+% |\Delta(a) = a_\sweedler{1} \tensor a_\sweedler{2}|:
+% $\Delta(a) = a_\sweedler{1} \tensor a_\sweedler{2}$
+%
+%\subsubsection{Categories from Algebra}
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\algebras}
+% Category of algebras |\algebras|: $\algebras$ \\
+% Category of $*$-algebras |\algebras*|: $\algebras*$ \\
+% Uses |categorynamefont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\Algebras}
+% Category of unital algebras |\Algebras|: $\Algebras$ \\
+% Category of unital $*$-algebras |\Algebras*|: $\Algebras*$ \\
+% Uses |categorynamefont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\reps}
+% Category of ($*$-)representations
+% |\reps_\algebra{C}(\algebra{B})|: $\reps_\algebra{C}(\algebra{B})$ \\
+% |\reps*_\algebra{C}(\algebra{B})|: $\reps*_\algebra{C}(\algebra{B})$ \\
+% Uses |categorynamefont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\Reps}
+% Category of strongly non-degenerate ($^*$)-representations
+% |\Reps_\algebra{A}(\algebra{B})|:$\Reps_\algebra{A}(\algebra{B})$ \\
+% |\Reps*_\algebra{A}(\algebra{B})|:$\Reps*_\algebra{A}(\algebra{B})$ \\
+% Uses |categorynamefont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\PoissonAlg}
+% Category of ($*$-)Poisson algebras |\PoissonAlg|: $\PoissonAlg$ \\
+% |\PoissonAlg*|: $\PoissonAlg*$ \\
+% Uses |categorynamefont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\modules}
+% Category of (inner product) modules
+% |\modules_\algebra{A}(\algebra{B})|: $\modules_\algebra{A}(\algebra{B})$ \\
+% |\modules*_\algebra{A}(\algebra{B})|: $\modules*_\algebra{A}(\algebra{B})$ \\
+% Uses |categorynamefont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\Leftmodules}
+% Category of left modules
+% |\Leftmodules{\algebra{A}}|: $\Leftmodules{\algebra{A}}$ \\
+% Uses |categorynamefont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\Rightmodules}
+% Category of right modules with optional subscript
+% |\Rightmodules[\category{C}]{\algebra{A}}|: $\Rightmodules[\category{C}]{\algebra{A}}$ \\
+% Uses |categorynamefont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\Modules}
+% Category of strongly non-degenerate (inner product) modules
+% |\Modules_\algebra{A}(\algebra{B})|: $\Modules_\algebra{A}(\algebra{B})$ \\
+% |\Modules*_\algebra{A}(\algebra{B})|: $\Modules*_\algebra{A}(\algebra{B})$ \\
+% Uses |categorynamefont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\LeftModules}
+% Category of strongly non-degenerate left modules
+% |\LeftModules{\algebra{A}}|: $\LeftModules{\algebra{A}}$ \\
+% Uses |categorynamefont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\RightModules}
+% Category of strongly non-degenerate right modules with optional subscript
+% |\RightModules{\algebra{A}}|: $\RightModules{\algebra{A}}$ or
+% |\RightModules[\category{C}]{\algebra{A}}|: $\RightModules[\category{C}]{\algebra{A}}$\\
+% Uses |categorynamefont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\Bimodules}
+% Category of (inner product) bimodules
+% |\Bimodules(\algebra{A},\algebra{B})|: $\Bimodules(\algebra{A},\algebra{B})$ \\
+% |\Bimodules*(\algebra{A},\algebra{B})|: $\Bimodules*(\algebra{A},\algebra{B})$ \\
+% Uses |categorynamefont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\Rings}
+% Category of unital rings (meant to be associative) |\Rings|: $\Rings$ \\
+% Uses |categorynamefont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\Groups}
+% Category of groups |\Groups|: $\Groups$ \\
+% Uses |categorynamefont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\Ab}
+% Category of abelian groups |\Ab|: $\Ab$ \\
+% Uses |categorynamefont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\Lattices}
+% Category of lattices |\Lattices|: $\Lattices$ \\
+% Uses |categorynamefont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\Sets}
+% Category of sets |\Sets|: $\Sets$ \\
+% Uses |categorynamefont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\Vect}
+% Category of vector spaces |\Vect|: $\Vect$ \\
+% Uses |categorynamefont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\LieAlgs}
+% Category of Lie algebras |\LieAlgs|: $\LieAlgs$ \\
+% Uses |categorynamefont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\Posets}
+% Category of partially ordered sets |\Posets|: $\Posets$ \\
+% Uses |categorynamefont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\Directed}
+% Category of directed sets |\Directed|: $\Directed$ \\
+% Uses |categorynamefont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\GSets}
+% Category of $G$-Sets |\GSets|: $\GSets$ and |\Gsets[H]|: $\GSets[H]$ \\
+% Uses |categorynamefont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\Groupoids}
+% Category of groupoids |\Groupoids|: $\Groupoids$ \\
+% Uses |categorynamefont|.
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathAlgebraDoc.dtx
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathAnalysis.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathAnalysis.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathAnalysis.dtx 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -0,0 +1,456 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2018 - 2021 by ChairX
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file contains the implementation of all analysis related macros .
+%
+% Macros have to be described by (delete the first %)
+% %\begin{macro}{\macro}
+% % Description of the implementation.
+% % \begin{macrocode}
+%\newcommand{\macro}[] {}
+% % \end{macrocode}
+% %\end{macro}
+%
+% The implementation and description will appear in the implementation
+% part of the documentation. Use \subsubsection{} etc. for structuring.
+%
+% The documentation of the macros defined here has to be written in
+% chairxmathAnalysisDoc.dtx
+%\fi
+%
+% First we check of macros should be included:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\if at loadmath
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{General Analysis} \label{sec:GeneralMacrosAnalysis}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\vol}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\vol}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{vol}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\complete}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\complete}[1]{\widehat{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Ball}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Ball}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{B}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\abs}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiter{\abs}{\lvert}{\rvert}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\norm}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiter{\norm}{\lVert}{\rVert}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\supnorm}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\@supnormstar}[1]{\norm*{#1}_\infty}
+\newcommand{\@supnormnostar}[2][]{\norm[#1]{#2}_\infty}
+\newcommand{\supnorm}{\@ifstar\@supnormstar\@supnormnostar}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\expands}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\expands}[1][2.5]{\mathrel{\scalebox{#1}[1.1]{$\sim$}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Pseudodifferential Operators}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\std}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\std}{{\scriptscriptstyle{\ch at irxscriptfont{std}}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\Weyl}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Weyl}{{\scriptscriptstyle{\ch at irxscriptfont{Weyl}}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\Op}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Op}{\operatorname{Op}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\Opstd}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Opstd}{\operatorname{Op}_\std}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\OpWeyl}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\OpWeyl}{\operatorname{Op}_\Weyl}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%\subsubsection{Function Spaces}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\spacename}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\spacename}[1]{\ch at irxspacefont{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Bounded}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Bounded}{\ch at irxspacefont{B}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Continuous}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Continuous}{\ch at irxspacefont{C}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Contbound}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Contbound}{\Continuous_{\mathrm{b}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Fun}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Fun}[1][k]{\ch at irxspacefont{C}^{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Cinfty}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Cinfty}{\Fun[\infty]}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Comega}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Comega}{\Fun[\omega]}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Holomorphic}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Holomorphic}{\ch at irxspacefont{O}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\AntiHolomorphic}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\AntiHolomorphic}{\cc{\Holomorphic}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Schwartz}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Schwartz}{\ch at irxspacefont{S}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Riemann}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Riemann}{\ch at irxspacefont{R}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%
+%\subsubsection{Locally Convex Spaces}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\singsupp}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\singsupp}{\operatorname{sing\,supp}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\seminorm}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\seminorm}[1]{\mathrm{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\ord}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\ord}{\operatorname{ord}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\conv}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\conv}{\operatorname{conv}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\extreme}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\extreme}{\operatorname{extreme}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%
+%\subsubsection{Hilbert Spaces}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\hilbert}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\hilbert}[1]{\ch at irxhilbertfont{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\prehilb}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\prehilb}[1]{\ch at irxprehilbfont{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Adjointable}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Adjointable}[1][{}]{\mathfrak{B}_{\scriptscriptstyle{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Finite}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Finite}[1][{}]{\mathfrak{F}_{\scriptscriptstyle{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Compact}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Compact}[1][{}]{\mathfrak{K}_{\scriptscriptstyle{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\opdomain}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\opdomain}{\ch at irxhilbertfont{D}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\spec}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\spec}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{spec}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\closure}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\closure}[1]{\overline{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\res}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\res}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{res}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Res}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Res}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Res}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\specrad}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\specrad}{\operatorname{\varrho}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\slim}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\slim}{\operatorname*{\ch at irxoperatorfont{s-lim}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\wlim}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\wlim}{\operatorname*{\ch at irxoperatorfont{w-lim}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%
+%\subsubsection{Dirac's bra and ket}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\bra}
+%\begin{macro}{\ket}
+%\begin{macro}{\braket}
+%\begin{macro}{\ketbra}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiter{\ketbr@}{\vert}{\vert}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiter{\ket}{\vert}{\rangle}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiter{\bra}{\langle}{\vert}
+\newcommand{\braket}[3][]{\SP[#1]{#2 \,#1\vert\, #3}}
+\newcommand{\ketbra}[3][]{\ketbr@[#1]{#2 #1\rangle #1\langle #3}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\end{macro}
+%\end{macro}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%
+%\subsubsection{Operator Algebras}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Spec}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Spec}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Spec}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Rad}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Rad}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Rad}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\ind}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\ind}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{ind}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%
+%\subsubsection{Measure Theory and Integration}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Measurable}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Measurable}{\ch at irxspacefont{M}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Meas}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Meas}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Meas}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\BoundMeas}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\BoundMeas}{\ch at irxspacefont{BM}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Lp}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Lp}[1][{p}]{\mathrm{L}^{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Lone}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Lone}{\Lp[1]}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Ltwo}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Ltwo}{\Lp[2]}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Linfty}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Linfty}{\Lp[\infty]}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Intp}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Intp}[1][{p}]{\ch at irxspacefont{L}^{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Intone}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Intone}{\Intp[1]}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Inttwo}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Inttwo}{\Intp[2]}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Intinfty}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Intinfty}{\Intp[\infty]}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\essrange}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\essrange}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{ess\,range}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\esssup}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\esssup}{\operatorname*{\ch at irxoperatorfont{ess}\,\ch at irxoperatorfont{\sup}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\esssupnormstar}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\@esssupnormstar}[1]{\norm*{#1}_{\esssup}}
+\newcommand{\@esssupnormnostar}[2][]{\norm[#1]{#2}_{\esssup}}
+\newcommand{\esssupnorm}{\@ifstar\@esssupnormstar\@esssupnormnostar}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\ac}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\ac}{\ch at irxscriptfont{ac}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\sing}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\sing}{\ch at irxscriptfont{sing}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Limits} \label{sec:Limits}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\indlim}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\indlim}{\operatorname*{{ind\,lim}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\projlim}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\projlim}{\operatorname*{{proj\,lim}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathAnalysis.dtx
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathAnalysisDoc.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathAnalysisDoc.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathAnalysisDoc.dtx 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2018 - 2021 by ChairX
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file contains the documentation of all analysis related macros .
+%
+% Macros have to be described by (delete the first %)
+% \DescribeMacro{\macro}
+% Description and usage of the macro.
+%
+% The description will appear in the usage
+% part of the documentation. Use \subsubsection{} etc. for structuring.
+%
+% The implementation of the macros defined here has to be written in
+% chairxmathAnalysis.dtx
+%\fi
+%
+%\subsubsection{General Anyalsis Macros} \label{sec:Doc_GeneralMacrosAnalysis}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\vol}
+% Volume |\vol|: $\vol$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\complete}
+% Completion of some space |\complete{V}|: $\complete{V}$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Ball}
+% Open ball |\Ball_{r}(p)|: $\Ball_{r}(p)$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\abs}
+% Generic absolute value |\abs{x}|: $\abs{x}$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\norm}
+% Generic norm |\norm{v}|: $\norm{v}$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\supnorm}
+% Supremum norm |\supnorm{f}|: $\supnorm{f}$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\expands}
+% Formal expansions |f(t) \stackrel{t \to 0}{\expands} t^k|:
+% $f(t) \stackrel{t \to 0}{\expands} t^k$, \\
+% or with optional stretching factor (default is 2.5) |a \expands[4] b|: $a \expands[4] b$.
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Pseudodifferential Operators}
+% \label{sec:Doc_PseudodifferentialOperators}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\std}
+% Standard ordering as small subscript |\sigma_\std|: $\sigma_\std$ \\
+% Uses |scriptfont|
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Weyl}
+% Weyl ordering as small subscript |\sigma_\Weyl|: $\sigma_\Weyl$ \\
+% Uses |scriptfont|
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Op}
+% Operator for a symbol |\Op(f)|: $\Op(f)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Opstd}
+% Standard ordered operator for a symbol |\Opstd(f)|: $\Opstd(f)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\OpWeyl}
+% Weyl ordered operator for a symbol |\OpWeyl(f)|: $\OpWeyl(f)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|
+%
+%
+%\subsubsection{Function Spaces}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\spacename}
+% Font for specific functional spaces |\spacename{F}(X)|: $\spacename{F}(X)$ \\
+% Uses |spacefont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Bounded}
+% Bounded functions |\Bounded(X)|: $\Bounded(X)$\\
+% Uses |spacefont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Continuous}
+% Continuous functions |\Continuous(X)|: $\Continuous(X)$\\
+% Uses |spacefont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Contbound}
+% Continuous bounded functions |\Contbound(X)|: $\Contbound(X)$\\
+% Uses |spacefont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Fun}
+% $C^k$-functions (for $\Continuous$ use |\Continuous|) |\Fun(M)|: $\Fun(M)$ and |\Fun[\ell](M)|: $\Fun[\ell](M)$ \\
+% Uses |spacefont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Cinfty}
+% Smooth functions |\Cinfty|: $\Cinfty(M)$\\
+% Uses |spacefont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Comega}
+% Real-analytic functions |\Comega|: $\Comega(M)$\\
+% Uses |spacefont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Holomorphic}
+% Holomorphic functions |\Holomorphic|: $\Holomorphic(U)$\\
+% Uses |spacefont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\AntiHolomorphic}
+% Anti-holomorphic functions |\AntiHolomorphic|: $\AntiHolomorphic(U)$\\
+% Uses |spacefont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Schwartz}
+% Schwartz space |\Schwartz|: $\Schwartz(\mathbb{R}^n)$\\
+% Uses |spacefont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Riemann}
+% Riemann integrable functions |\Riemann([a, b])|: $\Riemann([a, b])$ \\
+% Uses |spacefont|.
+%
+% \subsubsection{Locally Convex Analysis and Distributions}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\singsupp}
+% Singular support of a distribution |\singsupp u|: $\singsupp u$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\seminorm}
+% Font for generic seminorm |\seminorm{p}|: $\seminorm{p}$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\ord}
+% Order of a distribution |\ord(u)|: $\ord(u)$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\conv}
+% Convex hull |\conv(A)|: $\conv(A)$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\extreme}
+% Extreme points |\extreme(A)|: $\extreme(A)$
+%
+% \subsubsection{Hilbert Spaces and Operators}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\hilbert}
+% Font for Hilbert spaces |\hilbert{H}|: $\hilbert{H}$ \\
+% Uses |hilbertfont|
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\prehilb}
+% Font for pre-Hilbert spaces |\prehilb{H}|: $\prehilb{H}$ \\
+% Uses |prehilbfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Adjointable}
+% Adjointable operators |\Adjointable(\hilbert{H})|:
+% $\Adjointable(\hilbert{H})$ or with optional argument
+% |\Adjointable[\algebra{A}](\hilbert{H})|: $\Adjointable[\algebra{A}](\hilbert{H})$ if
+% we have a Hilbert module over an algebra $\algebra{A}$ instead.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Finite}
+% Finite rank operators |\Finite(\hilbert{H})|: $\Finite(\hilbert{H})$
+% or with optional argument
+% |\Finite[\algebra{A}](\module{H})|: $\Finite[\algebra{A}](\module{H})$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Compact}
+% Compact operators |\Compact(\hilbert{H})|: $\Compact(\hilbert{H})$
+% or with optional argument
+% |\Compact[\algebra{A}](\module{H})|: $\Compact[\algebra{A}](\module{H})$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\opdomain}
+% Domain of definition of an operator |\opdomain(A)|: $\opdomain(A)$ \\
+% Uses |\hilbertfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\spec}
+% Spectrum of an operator |\spec(A)|: $\spec(A)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\closure}
+% Closure of an operator |\closure{A}|: $\closure{A}$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\res}
+% Resolvent set of an operator |\res(A)|: $\res(A)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Res}
+% Resolvent of an operator |\Res_z(A)|: $\Res_z(A)$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\specrad}
+% Spectral radius of an operator |\specrad(A)|: $\specrad(A)$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\slim}
+% Strong limit |\slim_{n \longrightarrow \infty} A_n|: $\slim_{n \longrightarrow \infty} A_n$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\wlim}
+% Weak limit |\wlim_{n \longrightarrow \infty} A_n|: $\wlim_{n \longrightarrow \infty} A_n$
+%
+% \subsubsection{Dirac's Bra and Ket Notation}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\bra}
+% Dirac bra |\bra{\psi}|: $\bra{\psi}$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\ket}
+% Dirac ket |\ket{\phi}|: $\ket{\phi}$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\braket}
+% Dirac braket |\braket{\phi}{\psi}|: $\braket{\phi}{\psi}$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\ketbra}
+% Dirac ketbra |\ketbra{\phi}{\psi}|: $\ketbra{\phi}{\psi}$
+%
+% \subsubsection{Operator Algebras}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Spec}
+% Spectrum of an algebra |\Spec(\algebra{A})|: $\Spec(\algebra{A})$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Rad}
+% Radical of an algebra |\Rad(\algebra{A})|: $\Rad(\algebra{A})$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\ind}
+% Fredholm index (|\index| is already used!) |\ind(A)|: $\ind(A)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \subsubsection{Measure Theory and Integration}
+%
+% Here we need various function space of integrable functions
+% (calligraphic ones) and the corresponding quotients by zero
+% functions (roman ones):
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Measurable}
+% Measurable functions |\Measurable(X)|: $\Measurable(X)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Meas}
+% Complex measures |\Meas(X)|: $\Meas(X)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\BoundMeas}
+% Bounded measurable functions |\BoundMeas(X)|: $\BoundMeas(X)$ \\
+% Uses |spacefont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Lp}
+% Equivalence classes of $p$-integrable functions ($p$ is an optional
+% argument) |\Lp(X)|: $\Lp(X)$ and |\Lp[q](X)|: $\Lp[q](X)$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Lone}
+% Equivalence classes of integrable functions |\Lone(X)|: $\Lone(X)$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Ltwo}
+% Equivalence classes of square integrable functions |\Ltwo(X)|: $\Ltwo(X)$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Linfty}
+% Equivalence classes of essentially bounded functions |\Linfty(X)|: $\Linfty(X)$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Intp}
+% Space of $p$-integrable functions |\Intp(X)|:
+% $\Intp(X)$ and with optional argument
+% |\Intp[q](X)|: $\Intp[q](X)$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Intone}
+% Space of integrable functions |\Intone(X)|: $\Intone(X)$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Inttwo}
+% Space of square integrable functions |\Inttwo(X)|: $\Inttwo(X)$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Intinfty}
+% Space of essentially bounded functions |\Intinfty(X)|: $\Intinfty(X)$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\essrange}
+% Essential range |\essrange(f)|: $\essrange(f)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\esssup}
+% Essential supremum |\esssup(f)|: $\esssup(f)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\esssupnorm}
+% Essential supremum norm |\esssupnorm{f}|: $\esssupnorm{f}$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\ac}
+% Absolutely continuous part of a measure |\mu_\ac|: $\mu_\ac$ \\
+% Uses |scriptfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\sing}
+% Singular part of a measure |\mu_\sing|: $\mu_\sing$ \\
+% Uses |scriptfont|.
+%
+% \subsubsection{Limits} \label{sec:Doc_Limits}
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\indlim}
+% Inductive (or direct) limit |\indlim_{i \in I} A_i|: $\indlim_{i \in I} A_i$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\projlim}
+% Projective (or inverse) limit |\projlim_{i \in I} A_i|: $\projlim_{i \in I} A_i$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathAnalysisDoc.dtx
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathCategory.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathCategory.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathCategory.dtx 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2018 - 2021 by ChairX
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file contains the implementation of all category theory related macros .
+%
+% Macros have to be described by (delete the first %)
+% %\begin{macro}{\macro}
+% % Description of the implementation.
+% % \begin{macrocode}
+%\newcommand{\macro}[] {}
+% % \end{macrocode}
+% %\end{macro}
+%
+% The implementation and description will appear in the implementation
+% part of the documentation. Use \subsubsection{} etc. for structuring.
+%
+% The documentation of the macros defined here has to be written in
+% chairxmathCategoryDoc.dtx
+%\fi
+%
+% First we check of macros should be included:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\if at loadmath
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{General Category Theory}
+% General stuff for categories.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\category}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\category}[1]{\ch at irxcategoryfont{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\categoryname}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\categoryname}[1]{\ch at irxcategorynamefont{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\functor}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\functor}[1]{\ch at irxfunctorfont{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\groupoid}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\groupoid}[1]{\ch at irxgroupoidfont{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\source}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\source}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{source}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\target}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\target}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{target}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\unit}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\unit}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{unit}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\opp}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\opp}{\ch at irxscriptfont{opp}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\asso}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\asso}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{asso}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Hom}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Hom}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Hom}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\End}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\End}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{End}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Aut}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Aut}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Aut}}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\Aut*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\Aut}{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Iso}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Iso}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Iso}}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\Iso*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\Iso}{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Obj}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Obj}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Obj}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Morph}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Morph}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Morph}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Colimits}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\colim}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\colim}{\operatorname*{{colim}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathCategory.dtx
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathCategoryDoc.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathCategoryDoc.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathCategoryDoc.dtx 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2018 - 2021 by ChairX
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file contains the documentation of all category theory related macros .
+%
+% Macros have to be described by (delete the first %)
+% \DescribeMacro{\macro}
+% Description and usage of the macro.
+%
+% The description will appear in the usage
+% part of the documentation. Use \subsubsection{} etc. for structuring.
+%
+% The implementation of the macros defined here has to be written in
+% chairxmathCategory.dtx
+%\fi
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{General Category Theory}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\category}
+% Font for generic categories |\category{C}|: $\category{C}$ \\
+% Uses |categoryfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\categoryname}
+% Font for specific categories |\categoryname{FinSet}|: $\categoryname{FinSet}$ \\
+% Uses |categorynamefont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\functor}
+% Font for functors |\functor{F}|: $\functor{F}$ \\
+% Uses |functorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\groupoid}
+% Font for groupoids |\groupoid{G}|: $\groupoid{G}$ \\
+% Uses |groupoidfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\source}
+% Source of arrow |\source(f)|: $\source(f)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\target}
+% Target of arrow |\target(f)|: $\target(f)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\unit}
+% Unit map in groupoids |\unit\colon M \longrightarrow G|:
+% $\unit\colon M \longrightarrow G$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\opp}
+% Opposite category etc. |\category{C}^\opp|: $\category{C}^\opp$ \\
+% Uses |scriptfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\asso}
+% Natural transformation of associativity |\asso|: $\asso$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Hom}
+% Homomorphisms |\Hom(A, B)|: $\Hom(A, B)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\End}
+% Endomorphisms |\End(E)|: $\End(E)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Aut}
+% ($*$-)Automorphisms |\Aut(A)|: $\Aut(A)$ \\
+% |\Aut*(A)|: $\Aut*(A)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Iso}
+% ($*$-)Isomorphisms |\Iso(A, B)|: $\Iso(A, B)$ \\
+% |\Iso*(A, B)|: $\Iso*(A, B)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Obj}
+% Objects of a category |\Obj(\category{C})|: $\Obj(\category{C})$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Morph}
+% Morphisms of a category |\Morph(a, b)|: $\Morph(a, b)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \subsubsection{Colimits}
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\colim}
+% Colimits of diagrams or functors: |\colim \functor{F}|: $\colim \functor{F}$
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathCategoryDoc.dtx
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathDecoration.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathDecoration.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathDecoration.dtx 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2018 - 2021 by ChairX
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file contains the implementation of all category theory related macros .
+%
+% Macros have to be described by (delete the first %)
+% %\begin{macro}{\macro}
+% % Description of the implementation.
+% % \begin{macrocode}
+%\newcommand{\macro}[] {}
+% % \end{macrocode}
+% %\end{macro}
+%
+% The implementation and description will appear in the implementation
+% part of the documentation. Use \subsubsection{} etc. for structuring.
+%
+% The documentation of the macros defined here has to be written in
+% chairxmathGeneralDoc.dtx
+% \fi
+%
+% First we check of macros should be included:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\if at loadmath
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Decoration}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\decorate}
+% We use the tensor package of Philip G. Ratcliffe 2004/12/20 v2.1
+% tensor indices package (PGR) but overwrite the |\tensor| command
+% as this collides with our own version. Instead we provide the
+% |\decorate| macro which is identical to |\tensor| of the tensor
+% package.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\originaltensor\tensor
+\DeclareRobustCommand\decorate{\originaltensor}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\deco}
+% This is a simplified version of |\decorate| allowing only five positions to be filled.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\deco}[5]{\decorate*[^{#1}_{#2}]{#3}{^{#4}_{#5}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\script}
+% Macro to access the |scriptfont|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\script}[1]{\ch at irxscriptfont{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathDecoration.dtx
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathDecorationDoc.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathDecorationDoc.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathDecorationDoc.dtx 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2018 - 2021 by ChairX
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file contains the documentation of all general mathematics macros .
+%
+% Macros have to be described by (delete the first %)
+% \DescribeMacro{\macro}
+% Description and usage of the macro.
+%
+% The description will appear in the usage
+% part of the documentation. Use \subsubsection{} etc. for structuring.
+%
+% The implementation of the macros defined here has to be written in
+% chairxmathGeneral.dtx
+%\fi
+%
+%
+% We use the |tensor| package and modify things slightly to fit our
+% needs: we provide a decoration command that allows to decorate
+% arbitrary math symbols from left and right, top and bottom with
+% other math symbols. This can be used to produce tensors with many
+% indices. However, this is far too useful to be restricted to tensors
+% only. The original |\tensor| macro from the |tensor package| is
+% still available under the name |\originaltensor|. Note, that the
+% |\tensor| command in |nchairx| is intended for the symbol of tensor
+% product, and not for decorating a symbol with indices.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\decorate}
+% Decorate a symbol from all sides. The option argument gives the
+% decoration in front of the symbol, the first argument the symbol,
+% the second (mandatory) argument the decoration after the symbol. For
+% each decoration several superscripts and subscripts can be used like
+% |\decorate[^a_b^c]{S}{_d^{rt}_e}|:
+% $\decorate[^a_b^c]{S}{_d^{rt}_e}$.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\deco}
+% We also provide a simpler version of |\decorate| called |\deco|
+% which takes five usual arguments and sets them as sub- and
+% superscripts before and after the middle symbol
+% |\deco{a}{b}{c}{d}{e}|:$\deco{a}{b}{c}{d}{e}$ This can be used to
+% define your own macros with decoration. E.g. for bimodules over
+% rings one could define
+% |\newcommand{\bimodule}[3]{\deco{}{\ring{#1}{\module{#2}}{}{\ring{#3}}}}|
+% which can then be used as |\bimodule{R}{E}{S}|:
+% $\deco{}{\ring{R}}{\module{E}}{}{\ring{S}}$.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\script}
+% Sets the argument in the |scriptfont| and hence allows to create macros
+% with fonts consistent with the other |nchairx| macros.
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathDecorationDoc.dtx
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathDelimiters.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathDelimiters.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathDelimiters.dtx 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2018 - 2021 by ChairX
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file contains the implementation of all category theory related macros .
+%
+% Macros have to be described by (delete the first %)
+% %\begin{macro}{\macro}
+% % Description of the implementation.
+% % \begin{macrocode}
+%\newcommand{\macro}[] {}
+% % \end{macrocode}
+% %\end{macro}
+%
+% The implementation and description will appear in the implementation
+% part of the documentation. Use \subsubsection{} etc. for structuring.
+%
+% The documentation of the macros defined here has to be written in
+% chairxmathDelimitersDoc.dtx
+% \fi
+%
+% First we check of macros should be included:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\if at loadmath
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The New Delimiters} \label{sec:NewDelimiters}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\vast}
+% \begin{macro}{\Vast}
+% \begin{macro}{\vastl}
+% \begin{macro}{\vastm}
+% \begin{macro}{\vastr}
+% \begin{macro}{\Vastl}
+% \begin{macro}{\Vastm}
+% \begin{macro}{\Vastr}
+%
+% Bigger than |\Bigg| commands for explicit re-sizing brackets and things
+% needs left/right version to work with |\DeclarePairedDelimiters|.
+% Hack from http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/262061
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\vast}{\bBigg@{4}}
+\newcommand{\Vast}{\bBigg@{5}}
+\newcommand{\vastl}{\mathopen\vast}
+\newcommand{\vastm}{\mathrel\vast}
+\newcommand{\vastr}{\mathclose\vast}
+\newcommand{\Vastl}{\mathopen\Vast}
+\newcommand{\Vastm}{\mathrel\Vast}
+\newcommand{\Vastr}{\mathclose\Vast}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathDelimiters.dtx
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathDelimitersDoc.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathDelimitersDoc.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathDelimitersDoc.dtx 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2018 - 2021 by ChairX
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file contains the documentation of new delimiters.
+%
+% Macros have to be described by (delete the first %)
+% \DescribeMacro{\macro}
+% Description and usage of the macro.
+%
+% The description will appear in the usage
+% part of the documentation. Use \subsubsection{} etc. for structuring.
+%
+% The implementation of the macros defined here has to be written in
+% chairxmathDelimitersDoc.dtx
+%\fi
+%
+%
+% We use |\DeclarePairedDelimiters| to generate all kind of bracket
+% expressions of variable size as used e.g. in differential
+% geometry. This has the big advantage that one has two options to set
+% the size of the brackets: either with an explicit optional argument
+% |\big|, \ldots, |\Bigg|, |\vast|, or |\Vast| like
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\Schouten[\vast]{X, Y}|: $\Schouten[\vast]{X, Y}$
+% \end{quote}
+% or you can use the *-version which produces automatic sizes via
+% |\left| and |\right|.
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\abs*{\lim\limits_{n\to\infty} b_n}|
+% yields
+% $\abs*{\lim\limits_{n\to\infty} b_n}$
+% \end{quote}
+% Note, however, that this will typically result in sub-optimal
+% spacing. Also, the brackets turn out to be typically too large.
+%
+%
+% Note that using the bracket constructions with
+% |\DeclarePairedDelimiters| gives typically much better spacing than
+% doing things by hand:
+% \DeleteShortVerb{\|}
+% \begin{quote}
+% good \verb|\abs{\det(A)}|:
+% $\abs{\det(A)}$
+% \qquad
+% bad \verb+|\det(A)|+:
+% $|\det(A)|$
+% \end{quote}
+% \MakeShortVerb{\|}
+%
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\vast}
+% \DescribeMacro{\Vast}
+% \DescribeMacro{\vastl}
+% \DescribeMacro{\vastm}
+% \DescribeMacro{\vastr}
+% \DescribeMacro{\Vastl}
+% \DescribeMacro{\Vastm}
+% \DescribeMacro{\Vastr}
+% In many formulas one needs large delimiters typically ranging from
+% |\big| to |\Bigg|. However, in very large formula constructions even
+% that is not enough. To have a systematic enlargement the following
+% delimiters sizes are introduced: |\vast| and |\Vast| together with
+% the corresponding helper macros |\vastl|, |\vastr|, |\vastm|,
+% |\Vastl|, |\Vastr|, and |\Vastm| needed to define pairs of
+% delimiters. They allow to produce large (pairs of) delimiters,
+% always provided that the corresponding font has the symbols in the
+% correct size.
+%
+%
+% The following commands allow for an option size argument:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item Absolute value |\abs|
+% \item Generic norm |\norm|
+% \item Supremum norm |\supnorm|
+% \item Essential supremum norm |\essupnorm|
+% \item Dirac ket |\ket|
+% \item Dirac bra |\bra|
+% \item Dirac ketbra |\ketbra|
+% \item Dirac braket |\braket|
+% \item Schouten bracket |\Schouten|
+% \item Nijenhuis-Richardson bracket |\NRbracket|
+% \item Frölicher-Nijenhuis bracket |\FNbracket|
+% \item Courant bracket |\Courant|
+% \item Dorfman bracket |\Dorfman|
+% \item Generic scalar product |\SP|
+% \item Generic inner product with decorations |\IP|
+% \item Restriction of a map |\at|
+% \item Étalé space of a presheaf |\etale|
+% \end{itemize}
+%
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathDelimitersDoc.dtx
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathDiffgeo.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathDiffgeo.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathDiffgeo.dtx 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -0,0 +1,574 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2018 - 2021 by ChairX
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file contains the implementation of all differential geometry related macros .
+%
+% Macros have to be described by (delete the first %)
+% %\begin{macro}{\macro}
+% % Description of the implementation.
+% % \begin{macrocode}
+%\newcommand{\macro}[] {}
+% % \end{macrocode}
+% %\end{macro}
+%
+% The implementation and description will appear in the implementation
+% part of the documentation. Use \subsubsection{} etc. for structuring.
+%
+% The documentation of the macros defined here has to be written in
+% chairxmathDiffgeoDoc.dtx
+%\fi
+%
+% First we check of macros should be included:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\if at loadmath
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{General Differential Geometry} \label{sec:GeneralMacrosDiffGeo}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Lie}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Lie}{\mathscr{L}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% A generic bracket as paired delimiter, used in several other macros
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\ch at irxbbracket}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiter{\ch at irxbracket}{[}{]}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% A generic double bracket as paired delimiter, used in several other macros
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\ch at irxbbracket}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareMathDelimiter\ch at irxllbbracket{\mathopen}{stmry}{"4A}{stmry}{"71}
+\DeclareMathDelimiter\ch at irxrrbbracket{\mathclose}{stmry}{"4B}{stmry}{"79}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiter{\ch at irxbbracket}{\ch at irxllbbracket}{\ch at irxrrbbracket}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\Schouten}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\@schoutenstar}[1]{\ch at irxbbracket*{#1}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{S}}}
+\newcommand{\@schoutennostar}[2][]{\ch at irxbbracket[#1]{#2}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{S}}}
+\newcommand{\Schouten}{\@ifstar\@schoutenstar\@schoutennostar}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Forms}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Forms}{\Omega}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\ZdR}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\ZdR}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Z}_{\scriptscriptstyle\mathrm{dR}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\BdR}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\BdR}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{B}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{dR}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\HdR}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\HdR}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{H}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{dR}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Diffeo}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Diffeo}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Diffeo}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Diffop}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Diffop}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{DiffOp}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\loc}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\loc}{\ch at irxscriptfont{loc}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\germ}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\germ}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{germ}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\prol}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\prol}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{prol}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\NRbracket}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\@nrbracketstar}[1]{\ch at irxbracket*{#1}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{NR}}}
+\newcommand{\@nrbracketnostar}[2][]{\ch at irxbracket[#1]{#2}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{NR}}}
+\newcommand{\NRbracket}{\@ifstar\@nrbracketstar\@nrbracketnostar}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\FNbracket}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\@fnbracketstar}[1]{\ch at irxbracket*{#1}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{FN}}}
+\newcommand{\@fnbracketnostar}[2][]{\ch at irxbracket[#1]{#2}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{FN}}}
+\newcommand{\FNbracket}{\@ifstar\@fnbracketstar\@fnbracketnostar}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\Manifold}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Manifolds}{\categoryname{\categoryname{Manifold}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%\subsubsection{Lie Groups and Principal Fiber Bundles}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\lefttriv}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\lefttriv}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{left}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\righttriv}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\righttriv}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{right}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Gau}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Gau}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Gau}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Conn}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Conn}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Conn}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\ratio}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\ratio}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{r}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Parallel}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Parallel}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{P}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\CE}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\CE}{{\scriptscriptstyle{\ch at irxscriptfont{CE}}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\HCE}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\HCE}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{H}_\CE}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\fund}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\fund}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{fund}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\Universal}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Universal}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{U}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\BCH}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\BCH}{\ch at irxscriptfont{\scriptscriptstyle{BCH}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LieGroups}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\LieGroups}{\categoryname{\categoryname{LieGroup}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\Principal}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Principal}{\categoryname{\categoryname{Principal}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\GPrincipal}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\GPrincipal}[1][G]{#1\categoryname{\textrm{-}\categoryname{Principal}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\Fiber}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Fiber}{\categoryname{Fiber}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\FFiber}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\FFiber}[1][F]{#1\categoryname{\textrm{-}\categoryname{Fiber}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\Pin}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Pin}{\group{Pin}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\Spin}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Spin}{\group{Spin}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+%
+%\subsubsection{(Pseudo) Riemannian Geometry }
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\nablaLC}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\nablaLC}{\nabla^{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{LC}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Laplace}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Laplace}{\Delta}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\dAlembert}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareMathSymbol\dAlembert{\mathord}{AMSa}{"03}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\feynman}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\feynman}[1]{\ooalign{$#1$\cr\hidewidth$\raise0.19ex\hbox{/}$\hidewidth\cr}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+
+%\begin{macro}{\Dirac}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Dirac}{\feynman{D}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\rotation}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\rotation}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{rot}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\curl}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\curl}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{curl}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\divergence}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\divergence}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{div}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\gradient}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\gradient}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{grad}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Tor}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Tor}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Tor}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Ric}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Ric}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Ric}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\scal}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\scal}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{scal}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Riem}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Riem}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Riem}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Hessian}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Hessian}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Hessian}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\hodge}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\hodge}{\operatorname{\star}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\subsubsection{Complex Geometry}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Nijenhuis}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Nijenhuis}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Nij}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\del}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\del}{\mathop{}\!\partial}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\delbar}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\delbar}{\mathop{}\!\cc{\partial}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\FS}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\FS}{{\scriptscriptstyle{\ch at irxscriptfont{FS}}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%
+%\subsubsection{Vector Bundles}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\Lift}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Lift}{{\scriptscriptstyle{\ch at irxscriptfont{Lift}}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\ver}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\ver}{\ch at irxscriptfont{ver}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\hor}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\hor}{\ch at irxscriptfont{hor}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Ver}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Ver}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Ver}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Hor}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Hor}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Hor}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Sec}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Sec}[1][k]{\Gamma^{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Secinfty}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Secinfty}{\Sec[\infty]}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\HolSec}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\HolSec}{\Sec[]_{\ch at irxscriptfont{hol}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\SymD}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\SymD}{\mathop{}\!\ch at irxoperatorfont{D}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Densities}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Densities}[1][n]{\abs{\Lambda^{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\MeasurableSections}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\MeasurableSections}{\ch at irxspacefont{M}\Sec[]}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\IntpSections}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\IntpSections}[1][p]{\Intp[#1]\Sec[]}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\IntegrableSections}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\IntegrableSections}{\IntpSections[1]}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Translation}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Translation}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{T}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\frames}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\frames}[1]{\ch at irxoperatorfont{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Frames}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Frames}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Frames}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\FDiff}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\FDiff}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{F}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%
+%\subsubsection{Symplectic and Poisson Geometry}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Sympl}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Sympl}{\operatorname{\ch at irxgroupfont{Sympl}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Jacobiator}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Jacobiator}[1][\pi]{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Jac}}_{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\red}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\red}{\ch at irxscriptfont{red}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Hess}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Hess}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Hess}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\KKS}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\KKS}{{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{KKS}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Courant}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\@courantstar}[1]{\ch at irxbbracket*{#1}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{C}}}
+\newcommand{\@courantnostar}[2][]{\ch at irxbbracket[#1]{#2}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{C}}}
+\newcommand{\Courant}{\@ifstar\@courantstar\@courantnostar}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Dorfman}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\@dorfmanstar}[1]{\ch at irxbbracket*{#1}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{D}}}
+\newcommand{\@dorfmannostar}[2][]{\ch at irxbbracket[#1]{#2}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{D}}}
+\newcommand{\Dorfman}{\@ifstar\@dorfmanstar\@dorfmannostar}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Dir}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Dir}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Dir}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Forward}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Forward}{\mathcal{F}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Backward}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Backward}{\mathcal{B}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Tangent}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Tangent}{\mathbb{T}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\MWreduction}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\MWreduction}{\big/\!\!\big/}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Mon}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Mon}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Mon}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Hol}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Hol}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Hol}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathDiffgeo.dtx
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathDiffgeoDoc.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathDiffgeoDoc.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathDiffgeoDoc.dtx 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -0,0 +1,362 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2018 - 2021 by ChairX
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file contains the documentation of all differential geometry related macros .
+%
+% Macros have to be described by (delete the first %)
+% \DescribeMacro{\macro}
+% Description and usage of the macro.
+%
+% The description will appear in the usage
+% part of the documentation. Use \subsubsection{} etc. for structuring.
+%
+% The implementation of the macros defined here has to be written in
+% chairxmathDiffgeo.dtx
+%\fi
+%
+%\subsubsection{General Macros in Differential Geometry} \label{sec:Doc_GeneralMacrosDiffGeo}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Lie}
+% Lie derivative |\Lie_X f|: $\Lie_X f$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Schouten}
+% Schouten bracket |\Schouten{X,Y}|: $\Schouten{X, Y}$.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Forms}
+% Differential forms |\Forms(M)|: $\Forms(M)$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\ZdR}
+% DeRham cocycles |\ZdR(M, \mathbb{C})|: $\ZdR(M, \mathbb{C})$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\BdR}
+% DeRham coboundaries |\BdR(M, \mathbb{C})|: $\BdR(M, \mathbb{C})$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\HdR}
+% DeRham cohomology |\HdR(M, \mathbb{C})|: $\HdR(M, \mathbb{C})$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Diffeo}
+% Diffeomorphism group |\Diffeo(M)|: $\Diffeo(M)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Diffop}
+% Differential operators |\Diffop(M)|: $\Diffop(M)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\loc}
+% To be used as an index |M_\loc|: $M_\loc$ \\
+% Uses |scriptfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\germ}
+% Germs of functions |\germ_p(f)|: $\germ_p(f)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\prol}
+% Prolongation map |\prol(f)|: $\prol(f)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\NRbracket}
+% Nijenhuis-Richardson bracket |\NRbracket{a, b}|: $\NRbracket{a, b}$ \\
+% Uses |scriptfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\FNbracket}
+% Fröhlicher-Nijenhuis bracket |\FNbracket{a, b}|: $\FNbracket{a, b}$ \\
+% Uses |scriptfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Manifolds}
+% The category of manifolds |\Manifolds|: $\Manifolds$ \\
+% Uses |categorynamefont|
+%
+%\subsubsection{Lie Groups and Principal Fiber Bundles}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\lefttriv}
+% Left trivialization |\lefttriv|: $\lefttriv$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\righttriv}
+% Right trivialization |\righttriv|: $\righttriv$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Gau}
+% Gauge group |\Gau(P)|: $\Gau(P)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Conn}
+% Connection one-forms |\Conn(P)|: $\Conn(P)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\ratio}
+% Ratio map of principal fiber bundle |\ratio(u, v)|: $\ratio(u, v)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Parallel}
+% Parallel transport |\Parallel_{0 \to 1, \gamma}(v)|: $\Parallel_{0 \to 1, \gamma}(v)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\CE}
+% Chevalley-Eilenberg as index |C_\CE|: $C_\CE$ \\
+% Uses |scriptfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\HCE}
+% Chevalley-Eilenberg cohomology |\HCE(\liealg{g})|: $\HCE(\liealg{g})$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\fund}
+% Trivialization by fundamental vector fields |\fund|: $\fund$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Universal}
+% Universal enveloping algebra |\Universal{\liealg{g}}|: $\Universal(\liealg{g})$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\BCH}
+% BCH as small index |\sigma_\BCH|: $\sigma_\BCH$\\
+% Uses |scriptfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\LieGroups}
+% The category of Lie groups |\LieGroups|: $\LieGroups$ \\
+% Uses |categorynamefont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Principal}
+% The category of principal bundles |\Principal|: $\Principal$ \\
+% Uses |categorynamefont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\GPrincipal}
+% The category of $G$-principal bundles |\GPrincipal|: $\GPrincipal$ \\
+% or with optional structure group |\GPrincipal[H]|: $\GPrincipal[H]$ \\
+% Uses |categorynamefont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Fiber}
+% The category of fiber bundles |\Fiber|: $\Fiber$
+% Uses |categorynamefont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\FFiber}
+% The category of fiber bundles with typical fiber |\FFiber|:
+% $\FFiber$ \\
+% or with specified typical fiber |\FFiber[X]|: $\FFiber[X]$ \\
+% Uses |categorynamefont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Pin}
+% The pin group |\Pin(q, p)|: $\Pin(p, q)$ \\
+% Uses |groupfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Spin}
+% The spin group |\Spin(q, p)|: $\Spin(p, q)$ \\
+% Uses |groupfont|.
+%
+%\subsubsection{(Pseudo-) Riemannian Geometry}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\nablaLC}
+% Levi-Civita covariant derivative |\nablaLC_X Y|: $\nablaLC_X Y$ \\
+% Uses |scriptfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Laplace}
+% Laplace operator |\Laplace f|: $\Laplace f$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\dAlembert}
+% D'Alembert operator |\dAlembert u|: $\dAlembert u$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\feynman}
+% Feynman slash notation |\feynman{D} = \feynman{A} + \feynman{\partial}|:
+% $\feynman{D} = \feynman{A} + \feynman{\partial}$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Dirac}
+% Dirac operator |\Dirac u|: $\Dirac u$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\rotation}
+% Rotation (i.e. curl) of a vector field |\rotation(X)|: $\rotation(X)$. Not to be confused with $\textrm{grün}(X)$. \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\curl}
+% Curl of a vector field |\curl \vec{X}|: $\curl \vec{X}$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\divergence}
+% Divergence of a vector field |\divergence(X)|: $\divergence(X)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\gradient}
+% Gradient of a function |\gradient f|: $\gradient f$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Tor}
+% Torsion of a covariant derivative |\Tor (X, Y)|: $\Tor (X, Y)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Ric}
+% Ricci curvature |\Ric (X, Y)|: $\Ric (X, Y)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\scal}
+% Scalar curvature |\scal|: $\scal$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Riem}
+% The set of Riemannian metrics (linear and on manifolds) |\Riem(M)|: $\Riem(M)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Hessian}
+% Hessian of a function |\Hessian(f) \in \Secinfty(\Sym^2T^*M)|: $\Hessian(f) \in \Secinfty(\Sym^2T^*M)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\hodge}
+% Hodge star operator |\alpha \mapsto \hodge\alpha|: $\alpha \mapsto \hodge\alpha$
+%
+%\subsubsection{Complex Geometry}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Nijenhuis}
+% Nijenhuis operator |\Nijenhuis(X, Y)|: $\Nijenhuis(X, Y)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\del}
+% Dolbeault operator |\del \omega|: $\del \omega$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\delbar}
+% CC of Dolbeault operator |\delbar\alpha|: $\delbar\alpha$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\FS}
+% Fubini Study as very small index |\omega_\FS|: $\omega_\FS$ \\
+% Uses |scriptfont|.
+%
+%\subsubsection{Vector Bundles}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Lift}
+% Generic lift of something |\nabla^\Lift|: $\nabla^\Lift$ \\
+% Uses |scriptfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\ver}
+% Vertical lift |X^\ver|: $X^\ver$ \\
+% Uses |scriptfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\hor}
+% Horizontal lift |X^\hor|: $X^\hor$ \\
+% Uses |scriptfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Ver}
+% Vertical subbundle |\Ver(E)|: $\Ver(E)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Hor}
+% Horizontal subbundle |\Hor(E)|: $\Hor(E)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Sec}
+% $C^k$-sections |\Sec(E)|: $\Sec(E)$ and |\Sec[2](E)|: $\Sec[2](E)$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Secinfty}
+% Smooth sections |\Secinfty(E)|: $\Secinfty(E)$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\HolSec}
+% Holomorphic sections |\HolSec(U, E)|: $\HolSec(U, E)$ \\
+% Uses |scriptfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\SymD}
+% Symmetrized covariant derivative |\SymD^n f|: $\SymD^n f$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Densities}
+% Densities of a vector bundle of rank $n$ or specific rank |\Densities TM|: $\Densities TM$
+% and |\Densities[k]^\alpha E|: $\Densities[k]^\alpha E$.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\MeasurableSections}
+% Measurable sections |\MeasurableSections(E)|: $\MeasurableSections(E)$ \\
+% Uses |spacefont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\IntpSections}
+% $p$-Integrable Sections |\IntpSections(\Densities T^*M)|: $\IntpSections(\Densities T^*M)$
+% or with optional argument |\IntpSections[q](\Densities T^*M)|: $\IntpSections[q](\Densities T^*M)$.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\IntegrableSections}
+% Integrable sections |\IntegrableSections(\Densities T^*M)|: $\IntegrableSections(\Densities T^*M)$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Translation}
+% Fiber translations |\Translation_A|: $\Translation_A$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\frames}
+% Font for local frames |\frames{e}_1, \ldots, \frames{e}_k|: $\frames{e}_1, \ldots, \frames{e}_k$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Frames}
+% Frame bundle of a vector bundle |\Frames(E) \longrightarrow M|:\\
+% $\Frames(E) \longrightarrow M$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\FDiff}
+% Fiber derivative |\FDiff L|: $\FDiff L$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\subsubsection{Symplectic and Poisson Geometry}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Sympl}
+% Symplectomorphism group |\Sympl(M, \omega)|: $\Sympl(M, \omega)$ \\
+% Uses |groupfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Jacobiator}
+% Jacobiator |\Jacobiator|: $\Jacobiator$
+% and |\Jacobiator[\nu]|: $\Jacobiator[\nu]$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\red}
+% Reduced as an index |M_\red|: $M_\red$ \\
+% Uses |scriptfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Hess}
+% Hess map |\Hess|: $\Hess(\nabla)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\KKS}
+% KKS as tiny index |\{f, g\}_\KKS|: $\{f, g\}_\KKS$ \\
+% Uses |scriptfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Courant}
+% Courant bracket |\Courant{a, b}|: $\Courant{a, b}$ \\
+% Uses |scriptfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Dorfman}
+% Dorfman bracket |\Dorfman{(x, \xi), (y, \eta)}|:
+% $\Dorfman{(x, \xi), (y, \eta)}$ \\
+% Uses |scriptfont|
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Dir}
+% (Linear) Dirac structures |\Dir(V)|: $\Dir(V)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Forward}
+% Forward map |\Forward(\phi)|: $\Forward(\phi)$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Backward}
+% Backward map |\Backward(\phi)|: $\Backward(\phi)$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Tangent}
+% Generalized tangent bundle/map |\Tangent M|: $\Tangent M$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\MWreduction}
+% Marsden-Weinstein reduction |M \MWreduction G|: $M \MWreduction G$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Mon}
+% Monodromy groupoid |\Mon(M)|: $\Mon(M)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Hol}
+% Holonomy groupoid |\Hol(M)|: $\Hol(M)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \endinput
+% Local Variables:
+% mode: doctex
+% TeX-master: "nchairx"
+% End:
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathDiffgeoDoc.dtx
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathFonts.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathFonts.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathFonts.dtx 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2018 - 2021 by ChairX
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file contains the implementation of all algebra related macros.
+%
+% Macros have to be described by (delete the first %)
+% %\begin{macro}{\macro}
+% % Description of the implementation.
+% % \begin{macrocode}
+%\newcommand{\macro}[] {}
+% % \end{macrocode}
+% %\end{macro}
+%
+% The implementation and description will appear in the implementation
+% part of the documentation. Use \subsubsection{} etc. for structuring.
+%
+% The documentation of the macros defined here has to be written in
+% chairxmathFontsDoc.dtx
+%\fi
+%
+% First we check of macros should be included:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\if at loadmath
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% We provide several font names for easier usage and
+% customization. The fonts are used in our macro definitions and can
+% be changed by according to the individual needs.
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Default Values for some Math Fonts}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\mathbb}
+%
+% Redefine |\mathbb| to use the nicer |\mathbbm|.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareMathAlphabet{\ch at airxmathbbm}{U}{bbm}{m}{n}
+\SetMathAlphabet\ch at airxmathbbm{bold}{U}{bbm}{bx}{n}
+\renewcommand{\mathbb}[1]{\ch at airxmathbbm{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\mathscr}
+%
+% We load a script font and provide the command |\mathscr|
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathscr}{U}{rsfso}{m}{n}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\mathcal}
+%
+% We redefine the |\mathcal| command using the Euler font.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareSymbolFont{EulerScript}{U}{eus}{m}{n}
+\SetSymbolFont{EulerScript}{bold}{U}{eus}{b}{n}
+\DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet\mathcal{EulerScript}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Setting Fonts for Various Math Groups}
+%
+% Definitions of fonts for the different groups.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ch at irxalgebrafont}
+% \begin{macro}{\ch at irxbasisfont}
+% \begin{macro}{\ch at irxcategoryfont}
+% \begin{macro}{\ch at irxcategorynamefont}
+% \begin{macro}{\ch at irxfieldfont}
+% \begin{macro}{\ch at irxfilterfont}
+% \begin{macro}{\ch at irxfunctorfont}
+% \begin{macro}{\ch at irxgerstenhaberfont}
+% \begin{macro}{\ch at irxgroupfont}
+% \begin{macro}{\ch at irxgroupoidfont}
+% \begin{macro}{\ch at irxhilbertfont}
+% \begin{macro}{\ch at irxliealgfont}
+% \begin{macro}{\ch at irxmodulefont}
+% \begin{macro}{\ch at irxprehilbfont}
+% \begin{macro}{\ch at irxoperatorfont}
+% \begin{macro}{\ch at irxringfont}
+% \begin{macro}{\ch at irxscriptfont}
+% \begin{macro}{\ch at irxsheaffont}
+% \begin{macro}{\ch at irxspacesfont}
+% \begin{macro}{\ch at irxtopologyfont}
+%
+% We use |xkeyval| to define keys setting the different font
+% groups. These keys can be used for the macro |\chairxfonts|.
+% We use |\providecommand| to create the font macros if they do
+% not already exist.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{algebrafont}{
+ \providecommand{\ch at irxalgebrafont}[1]{ }
+ \renewcommand{\ch at irxalgebrafont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{basisfont}{
+ \providecommand{\ch at irxbasisfont}[1]{ }
+ \renewcommand{\ch at irxbasisfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{categoryfont}{
+ \providecommand{\ch at irxcategoryfont}[1]{ }
+ \renewcommand{\ch at irxcategoryfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{categorynamefont}{
+ \providecommand{\ch at irxcategorynamefont}[1]{ }
+ \renewcommand{\ch at irxcategorynamefont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{fieldfont}{
+ \providecommand{\ch at irxfieldfont}[1]{ }
+ \renewcommand{\ch at irxfieldfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{filterfont}{
+ \providecommand{\ch at irxfilterfont}[1]{ }
+ \renewcommand{\ch at irxfilterfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{functorfont}{
+ \providecommand{\ch at irxfunctorfont}[1]{ }
+ \renewcommand{\ch at irxfunctorfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{gerstenhaberfont}{
+ \providecommand{\ch at irxgerstenhaberfont}[1]{ }
+ \renewcommand{\ch at irxgerstenhaberfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{groupfont}{
+ \providecommand{\ch at irxgroupfont}[1]{ }
+ \renewcommand{\ch at irxgroupfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{groupoidfont}{
+ \providecommand{\ch at irxgroupoidfont}[1]{ }
+ \renewcommand{\ch at irxgroupoidfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{hilbertfont}{
+ \providecommand{\ch at irxhilbertfont}[1]{ }
+ \renewcommand{\ch at irxhilbertfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{liealgfont}{
+ \providecommand{\ch at irxliealgfont}[1]{ }
+ \renewcommand{\ch at irxliealgfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{modulefont}{
+ \providecommand{\ch at irxmodulefont}[1]{ }
+ \renewcommand{\ch at irxmodulefont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{prehilbfont}{
+ \providecommand{\ch at irxprehilbfont}[1]{ }
+ \renewcommand{\ch at irxprehilbfont}{#1}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Here we need to change the default operatorfont in order to get the
+% chairxoperatorfont also for |\operatorname| and
+% |\DeclareMathOperator|. Note that redefining |\operator at font| with
+% a symbol alphabet and not a symbol font forces us to use an
+% additional bracket in all definitions using |\operatorname| and
+% |\DeclareMathOperator|.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{operatorfont}{
+ \providecommand{\ch at irxoperatorfont}[1]{ }
+ \renewcommand{\ch at irxoperatorfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{ringfont}{
+ \providecommand{\ch at irxringfont}[1]{ }
+ \renewcommand{\ch at irxringfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{scriptfont}{
+ \providecommand{\ch at irxscriptfont}[1]{ }
+ \renewcommand{\ch at irxscriptfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{sheaffont}{
+ \providecommand{\ch at irxsheaffont}[1]{ }
+ \renewcommand{\ch at irxsheaffont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{spacefont}{
+ \providecommand{\ch at irxspacefont}[1]{ }
+ \renewcommand{\ch at irxspacefont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{topologyfont}{
+ \providecommand{\ch at irxtopologyfont}[1]{ }
+ \renewcommand{\ch at irxtopologyfont}{#1}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\chairxfonts}
+%
+% Command for setting the fonts.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\chairxfonts}[1]{
+ \setkeys[chairx]{fonts}{#1}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% We use the following default settings for fonts.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\chairxfonts{
+ algebrafont = \mathscr,
+ basisfont = \mathit,
+ categoryfont = \mathfrak,
+ categorynamefont = \mathsf,
+ fieldfont = \mathbb,
+ filterfont = \mathfrak,
+ functorfont = \mathsf,
+ groupfont = \mathrm,
+ groupoidfont = \mathfrak,
+ gerstenhaberfont = \mathfrak,
+ hilbertfont = \mathfrak,
+ liealgfont = \mathfrak,
+ modulefont = \mathscr,
+ prehilbfont = \mathcal,
+ operatorfont = \mathrm,
+ ringfont = \mathsf,
+ scriptfont = \mathrm,
+ sheaffont = \mathscr,
+ spacefont = \mathscr,
+ topologyfont = \mathscr
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% code for grabbing a single glyph from some random font without
+% investing a new math alphabet: use only the wrapper macro as
+% |\ch at irxmathsymbol[mathtype]{fontname}{glyph}| with |mathtype| being
+% the optional type of the symbol with default being|\mathord|,
+% |fontname| the name of the font where the symbol is to be found and
+% |glyph| the number of the symbol inside the specified font.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\ch at irxfont}[1]{\fontfamily{#1}\fontencoding{U}\fontseries{m}\fontshape{n}\selectfont}
+\newcommand{\ch at irxsymbol}[2]{{\ch at irxfont{#1}\char#2}}
+\newcommand\ch at irxmathsymbol[3][\mathord]{%
+ #1{\ch at irxm@thsymbol{#2}{#3}}}
+\def\ch at irxm@thsymbol#1#2{\mathchoice
+ {\@ch at irxm@thsymbol{#1}{#2}\tf at size}
+ {\@ch at irxm@thsymbol{#1}{#2}\tf at size}
+ {\@ch at irxm@thsymbol{#1}{#2}\sf at size}
+ {\@ch at irxm@thsymbol{#1}{#2}\ssf at size}}
+\def\@ch at irxm@thsymbol#1#2#3{\mbox{\fontsize{#3}{#3}\ch at irxsymbol{#1}{#2}}}
+%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathFonts.dtx
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathFontsDoc.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathFontsDoc.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathFontsDoc.dtx 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2018 - 2021 by ChairX
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file contains the documentation of all algebra related macros.
+%
+% Macros have to be described by (delete the first %)
+% \DescribeMacro{\macro}
+% Description and usage of the macro.
+%
+% The description will appear in the usage
+% part of the documentation. Use \subsubsection{} etc. for structuring.
+%
+% The implementation of the macros defined here has to be written in
+% chairxmathFonts.dtx
+%\fi
+%
+% The package uses different fonts for different groups of macros. The
+% font used for a particular macro is mentioned in the description of
+% that macro. The groups of fonts are:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item |algebrafont| for generic algebras.\\
+% Can be accessed via |\algebra|.\\
+% Default font: |\mathscr|
+% \item |basisfont| for bases of vector spaces.\\
+% Can be accessed via |\basis|.\\
+% Default font: |\mathit|
+% \item |categoryfont| for generic categories.\\
+% Can be accessed via |\category|.\\
+% Default font: |\mathfrak|
+% \item |categorynamefont| for predefined categories.\\
+% Can be accessed via |\categoryname|.\\
+% Default font: |\mathsf|
+% \item |fieldfont| for generic fields.\\
+% Can be accessed via |\field|.\\
+% Default font: |\mathbb|
+% \item |filterfont| for generic filters.\\
+% Can be accessed via |\filter|.\\
+% Default font: |\mathfrak|
+% \item |functorfont| for generic functors.\\
+% Can be accessed via |\functor|.\\
+% Default font: |\mathsf|
+% \item |gerstenhaberfont| for generic Gerstenhaber algebras.\\
+% Can be accessed via |\gerstenhaber|.\\
+% Default font: |\mathfrak|
+% \item |groupfont| for the matrix groups.\\
+% Can be accessed via |\group|.\\
+% Default font: |\mathrm|
+% \item |groupoidfont| for generic groupoids.\\
+% Can be accessed via |\groupoid|.\\
+% Default font: |\mathfrak|
+% \item |hilbertfont| for Hilbert spaces.\\
+% Can be accessed via |\hilbert|.\\
+% Default font: |\mathfrak|
+% \item |liealgfont| for generic Lie algebras.\\
+% Can be accessed via |\liealg|.\\
+% Default font: |\mathfrak|
+% \item |modulefont| for generic modules.\\
+% Can be accessed via |\module|.\\
+% Default font: |\mathscr|
+% \item |prehilbfont| for pre-Hilbert space.\\
+% Can be accessed via |\prehilb|.\\
+% Default font: |\mathcal|
+% \item |operatorfont| for most common operators.\\
+% Can be accessed via |\operator|.\\
+% Default font: |\mathrm|
+% \item |ringfont| for generic rings.\\
+% Can be accessed via |\ring|.\\
+% Default font: |\mathsf|
+% \item |scriptfont| for subscripts.\\
+% Can be accessed via |\script|.\\
+% Default font: |\mathrm|
+% \item |sheaffont| for generic sheaves.\\
+% Can be accessed via |\sheaf|.\\
+% Default font: |\mathscr|
+% \item |spacesfont| for predefined function spaces, e.g. |\Bounded| \\
+% Default font: |\mathscr|
+% \item |topologyfont| for generic topologies.\\
+% Can be accessed via |\topology|\\
+% Default font: |\mathscr|
+% \end{itemize}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\chairxfonts}
+% The |\chairxfonts| macro can be used to redefine the fonts of the
+% different groups of macros. It takes as argument a comma separated
+% list of group names and the new font macros, e.g.
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \chairxfonts{algebrafont = \mathfrak, scriptfont = \mathrm}
+% \end{verbatim}
+%
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathFontsDoc.dtx
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathGeneral.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathGeneral.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathGeneral.dtx 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -0,0 +1,277 @@
+% \iffalse meta-
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2018 - 2021 by ChairX
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file contains the implementation of all category theory related macros .
+%
+% Macros have to be described by (delete the first %)
+% %\begin{macro}{\macro}
+% % Description of the implementation.
+% % \begin{macrocode}
+%\newcommand{\macro}[] {}
+% % \end{macrocode}
+% %\end{macro}
+%
+% The implementation and description will appear in the implementation
+% part of the documentation. Use \subsubsection{} etc. for structuring.
+%
+% The documentation of the macros defined here has to be written in
+% chairxmathGeneralDoc.dtx
+% \fi
+%
+% First we check of macros should be included:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\if at loadmath
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{General Math Commands} \label{sec:GeneralMathCommands}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\I}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\I}{\mathrm{i}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\E}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\E}{\mathrm{e}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\D}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\D}{\mathop{}\!\mathrm{d}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\cc}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\cc}[1]{\overline{{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\sign}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\sign}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{sign}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\RE}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\RE}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Re}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\IM}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\IM}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Im}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\Unit}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Unit}{\mathbb{1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\const}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\const}{\operatorname{\mathit{const}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\canonical}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\canonical}{\ch at irxscriptfont{can}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\pt}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\pt}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{pt}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\subsubsection{Restrictions} \label{sec:Restrictions}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\at}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\at}[2][\big]{#1\vert_{#2}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Maps and Related Stuff} \label{sec:MapsandRelatedStuff}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Map}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Map}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Map}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Bij}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Bij}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Bij}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\argument}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\argument}{\,\cdot\,}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\domain}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\domain}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{dom}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\range}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\range}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{range}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\id}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\id}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{id}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\pr}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\pr}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{pr}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\inv}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\inv}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{inv}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\ev}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\ev}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{ev}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\image}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\image}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{im}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\graph}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\graph}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{graph}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\coimage}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\coimage}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{coim}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\coker}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\coker}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{coker}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\operator}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\operator}[1]{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Relations} \label{sec:Relations}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\later}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\later}{\mathrel{\succcurlyeq}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\earlier}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\earlier}{\mathrel{\preccurlyeq}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\subsubsection{Sums and Products}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\bigop}
+% To define sum-like operators that are scaled up in displaystyle we define the following command taken
+% from tex.stackexchange.com/questions/23432/how-to-create-my-own-math-operator-with-limits
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\big at p[2][1]{%
+ \mathop{\vphantom{\sum}\mathpalette\bigop@{{#1}{#2}}}\slimits@
+}
+\newcommand{\bigop@}[2]{\bigop@@#1#2}
+\newcommand{\bigop@@}[3]{%
+ \vcenter{
+ \sbox\z@{$#1\sum$}
+ \hbox{\resizebox{\ifx#1\displaystyle#2\fi\dimexpr\ht\z at +\dp\z@}{!}{$\m at th#3$}}
+ }
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\bigplus}
+% The command |\DOTSB| is used for correct behaviour of |\dots| before or after the command.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\bigplus}{\DOTSB\big at p{+}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\bigtimes}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\bigtimes}{\DOTSB\big at p{\times}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\biprod}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\biprod}{\DOTSB\big at p{\mathrel{\prod\hspace{-0.4cm}\coprod}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Labels} \label{sec:Labels}
+%
+% Smiley from |wasysym|
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\smiley}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\smiley}{\ch at irxmathsymbol[\mathord]{wasy}{44}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% Frownie from |wasysym|
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\frownie}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\frownie}{\ch at irxmathsymbol[\mathord]{wasy}{47}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\heart}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\heart}{\heartsuit}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathGeneral.dtx
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathGeneralDoc.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathGeneralDoc.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathGeneralDoc.dtx 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2018 - 2021 by ChairX
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file contains the documentation of all general mathematics macros .
+%
+% Macros have to be described by (delete the first %)
+% \DescribeMacro{\macro}
+% Description and usage of the macro.
+%
+% The description will appear in the usage
+% part of the documentation. Use \subsubsection{} etc. for structuring.
+%
+% The implementation of the macros defined here has to be written in
+% chairxmathGeneral.dtx
+%\fi
+%
+% \subsubsection{General Math Commands} \label{sec:Doc_GeneralMathCommands}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\I}
+% Imaginary unit |\I|: $\I$
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\E}
+% Euler number |\E|: $\E$
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\D}
+% Differential |\D x|: $\D x$
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\cc}
+% Complex conjugation |z \mapsto \cc{z}|: $z \mapsto \cc{z}$
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\sign}
+% Signum |\sign \sigma|: $\sign \sigma$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\RE}
+% Real part (the standard symbols are sooo ugly) |\RE(z)|: $\RE(z)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\IM}
+% Imaginary part |\IM(z)|: $\IM(z)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\Unit}
+% Unit element |\Unit|: $\Unit$
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\const}
+% Generic constant |\const|: $\const$ \\
+% Uses |mathit| as font.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\canonical}
+% Subscript for canonical |\omega_\canonical|: $\omega_\canonical$ \\
+% Uses |scriptfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\pt}
+% A single point |\{\pt\}|: $\{\pt\}$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|
+%
+%\subsubsection{Restrictions} \label{sec:Doc_Restrictions}
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\at}
+% Restriction of a map to a subset |f\at{U}|: $f\at{U}$
+% or with optional size |f\at[\Big]{U}|: $f\at[\Big]{U}$. \\
+% Default size is |\big|.
+%
+% \subsubsection{Maps and Related Stuff} \label{sec:Doc_MapsandRelatedStuff}
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\Map}
+% Space of maps |\Map(X, Y)|: $\Map(X, Y)$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\Bij}
+% Space of bijections |\Bij(X, Y)|: $\Bij(X, Y)$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\argument}
+% Generic argument of a map |f(\argument)|: $f(\argument)$
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\domain}
+% Domain of a map |\domain(\phi)|: $\domain(\phi)$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\range}
+% Range of a map |\range(\phi)|: $\range(\phi)$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\id}
+% Identity map |\id|: $\id$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\pr}
+% Generic projection |\pr \colon E \to M|: $\pr \colon E \to M$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\inv}
+% Inversion map |\inv \colon g \mapsto g^{-1}|: $\inv \colon g \mapsto g^{-1}$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\ev}
+% Evaluation map |\ev \colon V \tensor V^* \to \mathbb{k}|: $\ev \colon V \tensor V^* \to \mathbb{k}$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\image}
+% Image of a map |\image(f)|: $\image(f)$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\graph}
+% Graph of a map |\graph(f)|: $\graph(f)$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\coimage}
+% Coimage of a map |\coimage(f)|: $\coimage(f)$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\coker}
+% Cokernel of a map |\coker(f)|: $\coker(f)$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\operator}
+% This macro allows to construct own mathematical operators
+% whose fonts are consistent with the predefined operators of |nchairx|
+% |\operator{asso}|: $\operator{asso}$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \subsubsection{Relations} \label{sec:Doc_Relations}
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\later}
+% Later in a directed set |i \later j|: $i \later j$
+
+%\DescribeMacro{\earlier}
+% Earlier in a directed set |i \earlier j|: $i \earlier j$
+%
+%\subsubsection{Big Sums and Products}
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\bigplus}
+% A big plus sign that can be decorated with limits. Similar to the usual sum it can be used inline
+%|\bigplus_{k=1}^n V_k|: $\bigplus_{k=1}^n V_k$
+% and in displaystyle:
+% \begin{equation*}
+% \bigplus_{k=1}^n V_k
+% \end{equation*}
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\bigtimes}
+% A big times sign that can be decorated with limits. Similar to the usual sum it can be used inline
+%|\bigtimes_{k=1}^n V_k|: $\bigtimes_{k=1}^n V_k$
+% and in displaystyle:
+% \begin{equation*}
+% \bigtimes_{k=1}^n V_k
+% \end{equation*}
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\biprod}
+% A biproduct sign that can be decorated with limits. Similar to the usual sum it can be used inline
+%|\biprod_{k=1}^n V_k|: $\biprod_{k=1}^n V_k$
+% and in displaystyle:
+% \begin{equation*}
+% \biprod_{k=1}^n V_k
+% \end{equation*}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Labels} \label{sec:Doc_Labels}
+%
+% In proofs we sometimes want to label an equation by a symbol and
+% not by an equation number. Typical choices are of course ($*$) or
+% ($**$). But as proofs become longer, some additional labels are nice
+% to have:
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\smiley}
+% A smiley |\smiley| $\smiley$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\frownie}
+% A frownie |\frownie| $\frownie$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\heart}
+% A heart |\heart| $\heart$
+%
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathGeneralDoc.dtx
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathLinalg.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathLinalg.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathLinalg.dtx 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2018 - 2021 by ChairX
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file contains the implementation of all linear algebra related macros .
+%
+% Macros have to be described by (delete the first %)
+% %\begin{macro}{\macro}
+% % Description of the implementation.
+% % \begin{macrocode}
+%\newcommand{\macro}[] {}
+% % \end{macrocode}
+% %\end{macro}
+%
+% The implementation and description will appear in the implementation
+% part of the documentation. Use \subsubsection{} etc. for structuring.
+%
+% The documentation of the macros defined here has to be written in
+% chairxmathLinalgDoc.dtx
+%\fi
+%
+% First we check of macros should be included:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\if at loadmath
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%\subsubsection{General Linear Algebra}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\tr}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\tr}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{tr}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\rank}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\rank}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{rank}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\codim}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\codim}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{codim}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\diag}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\diag}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{diag}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Trans}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Trans}{{\ch at irxscriptfont{\scriptscriptstyle{T}}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Mat}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Mat}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{M}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\SymMat}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\SymMat}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{SymMat}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\ann}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\ann}{\ch at irxscriptfont{ann}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Span}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Span}[1][]{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{span}_{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\basis}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\basis}[1]{\ch at irxbasisfont{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\subsubsection{Tensors}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\tensor}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\tensor}[1][{}]{\mathbin{\otimes_{\scriptscriptstyle{#1}}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Tensor}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Tensor}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{T}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Anti}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Anti}{\Lambda}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Sym}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Sym}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{S}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Symmetrizer}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Symmetrizer}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Sym}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\AntiSymmetrizer}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\AntiSymmetrizer}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Alt}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\ins}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\ins}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{i}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\jns}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\jns}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{j}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\insa}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\insa}{\ins_{\ch at irxscriptfont{a}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\inss}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\inss}{\ins_{\ch at irxscriptfont{s}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\degs}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\degs}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{deg}_{\ch at irxscriptfont{s}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\dega}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\dega}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{deg}_{\ch at irxscriptfont{a}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%
+%\subsubsection{Inner Products}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\SP}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiter{\SP} {\langle}{\rangle}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\littlepara}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\littlepara}{{\scriptscriptstyle\parallel}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\IP}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\IP}[6][{}]{\decorate*[^{#2}_{#3}]{\SP[#1]{#4}}{^{#5}_{#6}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathLinalg.dtx
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathLinalgDoc.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathLinalgDoc.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathLinalgDoc.dtx 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2018 - 2021 by ChairX
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file contains the documentation of all linear algebra related macros .
+%
+% Macros have to be described by (delete the first %)
+% \DescribeMacro{\macro}
+% Description and usage of the macro.
+%
+% The description will appear in the usage
+% part of the documentation. Use \subsubsection{} etc. for structuring.
+%
+% The implementation of the macros defined here has to be written in
+% chairxmathLinalg.dtx
+%\fi
+%
+%\subsubsection{General Linear Algebra}
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\tr}
+% Trace of a linear map |\tr(A)|: $\tr(A)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\rank}
+% Rank of a linear map |\rank(A)|: $\rank(A)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\codim}
+% Codimension |\codim U|: $\codim U$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\diag}
+% Diagonal (for filling matrices etc.) |\diag(1,-1, -1)|: $\diag(1,-1, -1)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\Trans}
+% Transposition of matrices |A^\Trans|: $A^\Trans$ \\
+% Uses |scriptfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\Mat}
+% Matrices |\Mat_n(\mathbb{R})|: $\Mat_n(\mathbb{R})$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\SymMat}
+% Symmetric matrices |\SymMat_n(\mathbb{R})|: $\SymMat_n(\mathbb{R})$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\ann}
+% Annihilator of a subspace |U^\ann|: $U^\ann$ \\
+% Uses |scriptfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\Span}
+% Span of something |\Span\{v, u\}|: $\Span\{v, u\}$
+% and with optional argument
+% |\Span[\mathbb{C}]\{v,u\}|: $\Span[\mathbb{C}]\{v,u\}$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\basis}
+% Font for basis vectors |\basis{e}_i|: $\basis{e}_i$ \\
+% Uses |basisfont|.
+%
+%\subsubsection{Tensors}
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\tensor}
+% Generic tensor product over some ring |a \tensor b|: $a \tensor b$.\\
+% With optional subscript |V \tensor[\algebra{A}] U|: $V \tensor[\algebra{A}] U$
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\Tensor}
+% Tensor powers, tensor algebra |\Tensor^\bullet(V)|: $\Tensor^\bullet(V)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\Anti}
+% Antisymmetric tensor powers, Grassmann algebra |\Anti(V)|: $\Anti(V)$
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\Sym}
+% Symmetric tensor powers, symmetric algebra |\Sym^\bullet(V)|: $\Sym^\bullet(V)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\Symmetrizer}
+% Symmetrizer |\Symmetrizer_n|: $\Symmetrizer_n$
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\AntiSymmetrizer}
+% Anti-symmetrizer |\AntiSymmetrizer|: $\AntiSymmetrizer$
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\ins}
+% Generic insertion map |\ins_X|: $\ins_X$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\jns}
+% Generic right insertion map |\jns_X|: $\jns_X$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\insa}
+% Antisymmetric insertion map |\insa(X)|: $\insa(X)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|, |scriptfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\inss}
+% Symmetric insertion map |\inss(v)|: $\inss(v)$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|, |scriptfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\dega}
+% Antisymmetric degree |\dega(a) = ka|: $\dega(a) = ka$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|, |scriptfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\degs}
+% Symmetric degree |\degs(X) = \ell X|: $\degs(X) = \ell X$ \\
+% Uses |operatorfont|, |scriptfont|.
+%
+%\subsubsection{Inner Products}
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\SP}
+% Simple scalar product |\SP{x, y}|: $\SP{x, y}$.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\littlepara}
+% Small parallel to be used as a subscript |v_\littlepara|: $v_\littlepara$
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\IP}
+% Generic inner product with five arguments to decorate it |\IP[]{}{}{}{}{}| and an optional argument to adjust the size:
+%\[
+%\IP[\big]{}{B}{z, w}{\perp}{R}
+%\quad
+%\textrm{and}
+%\quad
+%\IP[\Big]{\perp}{\algebra{B}}{\prod x_i, y}{\prime}{\algebra{A}}
+%\]
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathLinalgDoc.dtx
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathStatistics.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathStatistics.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathStatistics.dtx 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2018 - 2021 by ChairX
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file contains the implementation of all statistics related macros .
+%
+% Macros have to be described by (delete the first %)
+% %\begin{macro}{\macro}
+% % Description of the implementation.
+% % \begin{macrocode}
+%\newcommand{\macro}[] {}
+% % \end{macrocode}
+% %\end{macro}
+%
+% The implementation and description will appear in the implementation
+% part of the documentation. Use \subsubsection{} etc. for structuring.
+%
+% The documentation of the macros defined here has to be written in
+% chairxmathStatisticsDoc.dtx
+%\fi
+%
+% First we check of macros should be included:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\if at loadmath
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%\subsubsection{General Statistics}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\EX}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\EX}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{E}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Var}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Var}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Var}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Cov}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Cov}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Cov}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Cor}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Cor}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Cor}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathStatistics.dtx
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathStatisticsDoc.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathStatisticsDoc.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathStatisticsDoc.dtx 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2018 - 2021 by ChairX
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file contains the documentation of all statistics related macros .
+%
+% Macros have to be described by (delete the first %)
+% \DescribeMacro{\macro}
+% Description and usage of the macro.
+%
+% The description will appear in the usage
+% part of the documentation. Use \subsubsection{} etc. for structuring.
+%
+% The implementation of the macros defined here has to be written in
+% chairxmathStatistics.dtx
+%\fi
+%
+%\subsubsection{Macros for General Statistics}
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\EX}
+% Expectation value |\EX_\omega(A)|: $\EX_\omega(A)$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\Var}
+% Variance |\Var(a)|: $\Var(a)$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\Cov}
+% Covariance |\Cov_\omega(a, b)|: $\Cov_\omega(a, b)$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\Cor}
+% Correlation |\Cor(a, b)|: $\Cor(a, b)$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathStatisticsDoc.dtx
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathTopology.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathTopology.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathTopology.dtx 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2018 - 2021 by ChairX
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file contains the implementation of all topology related macros .
+%
+% Macros have to be described by (delete the first %)
+% %\begin{macro}{\macro}
+% % Description of the implementation.
+% % \begin{macrocode}
+%\newcommand{\macro}[] {}
+% % \end{macrocode}
+% %\end{macro}
+%
+% The implementation and description will appear in the implementation
+% part of the documentation. Use \subsubsection{} etc. for structuring.
+%
+% The documentation of the macros defined here has to be written in
+% chairxmathTopologyDoc.dtx
+%\fi
+%
+% First we check of macros should be included:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\if at loadmath
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%\subsubsection{General Topology}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\cl}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\cl}{\ch at irxscriptfont{cl}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\scl}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\scl}{\ch at irxscriptfont{scl}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\interior}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\interior}{\circ}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\boundary}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\boundary}{\partial}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\supp}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\supp}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{supp}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\dist}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\dist}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{dist}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\topology}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\topology}[1]{\ch at irxtopologyfont{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\filter}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\filter}[1]{\ch at irxfilterfont{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\sheaf}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\sheaf}[1]{\ch at irxsheaffont{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\Sections}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Sections}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Sections}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\HOM}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\HOM}{\operatorname{\ch at irxsheaffont{H}\!\mathit{om}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\etale}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiter{\etale}{\lvert}{\rvert}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Categories from Topology}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\topological}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\topological}{\categoryname{top}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\Topological}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Topological}{\categoryname{Top}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\Sheaves}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Sheaves}{\categoryname{Sheaves}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\PreSheaves}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\PreSheaves}{\categoryname{PreSheaves}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\Etale}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\Etale}{\categoryname{Etale}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathTopology.dtx
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathTopologyDoc.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathTopologyDoc.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathTopologyDoc.dtx 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2018 - 2021 by ChairX
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file contains the documentation of all topology related macros .
+%
+% Macros have to be described by (delete the first %)
+% \DescribeMacro{\macro}
+% Description and usage of the macro.
+%
+% The description will appear in the usage
+% part of the documentation. Use \subsubsection{} etc. for structuring.
+%
+% The implementation of the macros defined here has to be written in
+% chairxmathTopology.dtx
+%\fi
+%
+%\subsubsection{Macros for Topology}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\cl}
+% Topological closure |X^\cl|: $X^\cl$\\
+% Uses |scriptfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\scl}
+% Sequential closure |A^\scl|: $A^\scl$\\
+% Uses |scriptfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\interior}
+% Open interior |A^\interior|: $A^\interior$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\boundary}
+% Boundary of a subset |\boundary A|: $\boundary A$
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\supp}
+% Support of a function |\supp f|: $\supp f$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\dist}
+% Distance |\dist(p, A)|: $\dist(p, A)$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\topology}
+% Font for topology |\topology{M}|: $\topology{M}$\\
+% Uses |topologyfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\filter}
+% Font for filter |\filter{F}|: $\filter{F}$\\
+% Uses |filterfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\sheaf}
+% Font for sheaves |\sheaf{F}|: $\sheaf{F}$\\
+% Uses |sheaffont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Sections}
+% Discontinuous sections of a presheaf |\Sections(\sheaf{F})|: $\Sections(\sheaf{F})$\\
+% Uses |operatorfont|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\HOM}
+% Sheaf of morphisms between sheaves |\HOM(\sheaf{F}, \sheaf{G})|: $\HOM(\sheaf{F}, \sheaf{G})$\\
+% Uses |sheaffont| and |\mathit|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\etale}
+% Étalé space of presheaf |\etale{\sheaf{F}}|: $\etale{\sheaf{F}}$.
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Categories from Topology}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\topological}
+% Category of topological spaces |\topological|: $\topological$ \\
+% Uses |categoryname|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Topological}
+% Category of Hausdorff topological spaces |\Topological|: $\Topological$ \\
+% Uses |categoryname|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Sheaves}
+% Category of sheaves over a space |\Sheaves(M)|: $\Sheaves(M)$ \\
+% Uses |categoryname|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\PreSheaves}
+% Category of presheaves over a space |\PreSheaves(M)|: $\PreSheaves(M)$ \\
+% Uses |categoryname|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Etale}
+% Category of étalé spaces over a space |\Etale(M)|: $\Etale(M)$ \\
+% Uses |categoryname|.
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/chairxmathTopologyDoc.dtx
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/nchairx.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/nchairx.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/nchairx.dtx 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -0,0 +1,369 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2018 - 2021 by ChairX
+%
+ % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% \fi
+%
+%\iffalse
+%<*nchairx>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{nchairx}
+ [2021/07/29 v1.0.0 First major release]
+%</nchairx>
+%
+%<*driver>
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+
+\usepackage[english,german,strings]{babel}
+\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage{nchairx}
+\usepackage{ifdraft}
+\usepackage{gitinfo2}
+\usepackage[linktoc=all]{hyperref}
+
+\EnableCrossrefs
+
+\CodelineIndex
+
+\RecordChanges
+
+\begin{document}
+ \DocInput{nchairx.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+%\fi
+%
+% \CheckSum{2012}
+%
+% \changes{v0.1}{2018/02/27}{Initial test}
+% \changes{v0.9}{2019/02/21}{First official release}
+% \changes{v1.0.0}{2021/07/29}{First major release}
+%
+% \GetFileInfo{nchairx.sty}
+%
+% \title{The \textsf{nChairX} package}
+% \author{ChairX \\
+% \ifdraft{Last changes by \gitAuthorName{} on \gitAuthorDate \\ }
+% \ifdraft{Git revision of nchairx:}
+% \ifdraft{\texttt{\gitAbbrevHash{}} {\gitReferences{}} \\ }
+% \ifdraft{}
+% Version \fileversion{} (\filedate) \\
+% \texttt{marvin.dippell at mathematik.uni-wuerzburg.com}}
+%
+% \maketitle
+%
+% \selectlanguage{english}
+%
+% \begin{abstract}
+% This is a part of the new nChairX package providing the famous
+% ChairX style.
+% \end{abstract}
+%
+% \setcounter{tocdepth}{2}
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \section{Introduction}
+% This package defines the New ChairX style. Based on previous
+% versions we provide a major clean-up with many additional features
+% and easier handling. The style file is a rather high-level style
+% file providing many standard environments needed in math, many
+% macros needed in differential geometry, algebra, and analysis and
+% some other useful tools. The style file includes several other
+% packages and sets various defaults. There is a companion package
+% called |chairxmath| which only defines the math-related macros but
+% avoids setting environments etc.
+%
+%
+% \section{Usage}
+% \label{sec:Usage}
+%
+% To use the package you have to include it as usual by
+% \begin{center}
+% \begin{tabular}[l]{p{0.8\textwidth}}
+% \verb|\usepackage{nchairx}|
+% \end{tabular}
+% \end{center}
+% and specify some options if needed.
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Package Options}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{noMath} The math
+% macros of the |nchairx| package can be excluded with the option |noMath|.
+% This can be used if one does not need the math macros of |nchairx| and there occur
+% clashes with other packages or macros, but the environments and other settings of
+% |nchairx| are still desired.
+%
+% \subsection{Setting the Defaults}
+% \label{sec:SettingDefaults}
+%
+% \input{chairxDefaultsDoc.dtx}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Supporting many Languages}
+% \label{sec:LanguageSupport}
+%
+% For the use of other languages than English (our default) the
+% options of the |babel| package are respected. The important keywords
+% of \textsf{nChairX} (essentially the names of the environments) will
+% then be translated accordingly. In order to enable this you have to
+% load |babel| with the additional language you intend to use, e.g.
+% \begin{center}
+% \begin{tabular}[l]{p{0.8\textwidth}}
+% \verb|\usepackage[german,strings]{babel}|
+% \end{tabular}
+% \end{center}
+% \emph{before} you load |nchairx|.
+% Currently, only German is supported beside English. Then you can
+% switch between the languages inside one document with
+% |\selectlanguage{language}| to get the correct names of the
+% keywords. When loading several languages it is always a good idea
+% to place an explicit |\selectlanguage{language}| at the beginning of
+% the document to set the stage correctly. Note that you have to use
+% the |strings| option for babel as well.
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Environments}
+% \label{sec:Environments}
+%
+% The \textsf{nChairX} package provides many predefined mathematical
+% environments like definitions, theorems etc. The styling is fairly
+% standard. The names of the environments are language sensitive based
+% on the |babel| package.
+%
+% \input{chairxEnvDoc.dtx}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Logo Support}
+% \label{sec:LogoSupport}
+%
+% \input{chairxLogoDoc.dtx}
+%
+%
+% \section{The Math Macros}
+%
+% One of the main purposes of |nchairx| is to provide several (in
+% fact, many) new math macros needed in various situations: we have
+% support for many things in differential geometry, algebra, and
+% functional analysis. The math macros can be used independently of
+% the full |nchairx| package under the name |chairxmath|. However,
+% |nchairx| always includes the math macros.
+%
+% \subsection{The Handling of the Fonts}
+% \input{chairxmathFontsDoc.dtx}
+%
+% \subsection{New Delimiter Sizes}
+% \input{chairxmathDelimitersDoc.dtx}
+%
+% \subsection{Decoration}
+% \input{chairxmathDecorationDoc.dtx}
+%
+% \setlength{\parindent}{0pt}
+%
+% \subsection{General Mathematics Macros}
+% \input{chairxmathGeneralDoc.dtx}
+%
+% \subsection{Algebra}
+% \input{chairxmathAlgebraDoc.dtx}
+%
+% \subsection{Analysis}
+% \input{chairxmathAnalysisDoc.dtx}
+%
+% \subsection{Category Theory}
+% \input{chairxmathCategoryDoc.dtx}
+%
+% \subsection{Differential Geometry}
+% \input{chairxmathDiffgeoDoc.dtx}
+%
+% \subsection{Linear Algebra}
+% \input{chairxmathLinalgDoc.dtx}
+%
+% \subsection{Statistics}
+% \input{chairxmathStatisticsDoc.dtx}
+%
+% \subsection{Topology}
+% \input{chairxmathTopologyDoc.dtx}
+%
+% \section{Known Bugs and Conflicts}
+%
+% There are several conflicts possible since |nchairx| loads a number
+% of other packages, some with explicit options needed to obtain the
+% aspired functionality. In this case, it can not be avoided that the
+% packages is loaded via |nchairx|.
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item The package |xkeyval| is loaded without options. This is
+% necessary for many reasons like internal processing of ifs etc.
+% \item The package |amsmath| and |amssymb| are loaded. This can
+% sometimes yield unexpected conflicts with packages overwriting
+% commands from these two packages.
+% \item We define a smiley symbol from the |wasysym| font. This gives
+% a conflict with the |wasysym| package.
+% \item We load the |tensor| package and overwrite the |\tensor|
+% command of that package. The original macro is available under
+% |\originaltensor| and as identical macro |\decorate|.
+% \item We load |ntheorem| with specified options. This is unavoidable
+% to have the correct behaviour of our environments.
+% \item The theorem lists from the |ntheorem| package seem to crash
+% with the |babel| names we use for the actual environments. A
+% workaround for this is e.g.
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\makeatletter \listtheorems{definitions} \makeatother|
+% \end{quote}
+% to get the list of definitions.
+% \end{itemize}
+%
+% \StopEventually{\PrintIndex \PrintChanges}
+%
+%
+% \section{Implementation}
+% \label{sec:Implementation}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Processing the Options}
+%
+% Before including other packages we make sure that we can use
+% key-value pairs as options using |xkeyval|
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{xkeyval}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Before including other required packages we have to process the
+% options that might alter the options given to these packages.
+%
+% First we create ifs for later use.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\if at loadmath \@loadmathtrue
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Define option for excluding math macros
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareOptionX[chairx]<math>{noMath}{
+ \@loadmathfalse
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Process options for the style file
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProcessOptionsX[chairx]<math>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Required Packages}
+%
+% After processing the options we can now load the other required
+% packages. The following packages are required for the correct usage
+% of |nchairx|. We include them with some mandatory options.
+%
+% We will need several things from |amsmath| and |amssymb|.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{amsmath}
+\RequirePackage{amssymb}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The |suffix| package allows to define $*$-versions of macros.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{suffix}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The |mathtools| package provides so many nice things to type-set
+% math. Always a good idea to include this. In particular, we will
+% need the |\DeclarePairedDelimiter| command a lot.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{mathtools}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The |ntheorem| package is used to define math environments of
+% various type. We need this package with particular options to make
+% the proof environment work correctly. Note that the proof
+% environment of |ntheorem| places the end-of-proof in a much better
+% way than every other available option.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage[amsmath,thmmarks,hyperref]{ntheorem}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The |graphicx| package is useful for many things. We need it for our
+% logo support to include pdf-files
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{graphicx}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The |enumitem| package is now used to generate the enumerated lists
+% of items for the math environments. This allows various fine-tuning
+% and additional functionality for referring to items in lists.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{enumitem}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The |tensor| package is used to place symbols at all possible
+% positions around one central symbol
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{tensor}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Some additional fonts and symbols from |stmaryrd|: we only load the
+% font and grab those symbols we actually need to keep things easy.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareSymbolFont{stmry}{U}{stmry}{m}{n}
+\SetSymbolFont{stmry}{bold}{U}{stmry}{b}{n}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Last we need |aliascnt| to allow the usage of |\autoref|.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{aliascnt}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{The Handling of the Fonts}
+% \input{chairxmathFonts.dtx}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Setting some Defaults}
+% \input{chairxDefaults.dtx}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Environments}
+% \input{chairxEnv.dtx}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Logo Support}
+% \input{chairxLogo.dtx}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{The Math Macros}
+%
+% Include the math macros in alphabetical order of the file names.
+%
+% \input{chairxmathDelimiters.dtx}
+% \input{chairxmathDecoration.dtx}
+% \input{chairxmathGeneral.dtx}
+% \input{chairxmathAlgebra.dtx}
+% \input{chairxmathAnalysis.dtx}
+% \input{chairxmathCategory.dtx}
+% \input{chairxmathDiffgeo.dtx}
+% \input{chairxmathLinalg.dtx}
+% \input{chairxmathStatistics.dtx}
+% \input{chairxmathTopology.dtx}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \Finale
+\endinput
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/nchairx.dtx
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/nchairx.ins
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/nchairx.ins (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/nchairx/nchairx.ins 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2018 by ChairX
+%%
+%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+%% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+%% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%%
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%%
+%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+%% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%%
+\input docstrip.tex
+\keepsilent
+\usedir{./}
+\preamble
+This is a generated file.
+
+Copyright (C) 2018 by ChairX
+
+This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+version. The latest version of this license is in:
+
+http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+
+LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+\endpreamble
+
+\generate{\file{nchairx.sty}{
+ \from{nchairx.dtx}{nchairx}
+ \from{chairxDefaults.dtx}{chairxDefaults}
+ \from{chairxEnv.dtx}{chairxEnv}
+ \from{chairxLogo.dtx}{chairxLogo}
+ \from{chairxmathFonts.dtx}{chairxmathFonts}
+ \from{chairxmathDelimiters.dtx}{chairxmathDelimiters}
+ \from{chairxmathDecoration.dtx}{chairxmathDecoration}
+ \from{chairxmathGeneral.dtx}{chairxmathGeneral}
+ \from{chairxmathAlgebra.dtx}{chairxmathAlgebra}
+ \from{chairxmathAnalysis.dtx}{chairxmathAnalysis}
+ \from{chairxmathCategory.dtx}{chairxmathCategory}
+ \from{chairxmathDiffgeo.dtx}{chairxmathDiffgeo}
+ \from{chairxmathLinalg.dtx}{chairxmathLinalg}
+ \from{chairxmathStatistics.dtx}{chairxmathStatistics}
+ \from{chairxmathTopology.dtx}{chairxmathTopology}
+ }
+}
+\Msg{*********************************************************}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the}
+\Msg{* following file into a directory searched by TeX:}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* \space\space nchairx.sty}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file nchairx.dtx}
+\Msg{* through LaTeX.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* Happy TeXing!}
+\Msg{*********************************************************}
+\endbatchfile
\ No newline at end of file
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/nchairx/chairxmath.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/nchairx/chairxmath.sty (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/nchairx/chairxmath.sty 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -0,0 +1,547 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `chairxmath.sty',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% chairxmath.dtx (with options: `chairxmath')
+%% chairxmathFonts.dtx (with options: `chairxmathFonts')
+%% chairxmathDelimiters.dtx (with options: `chairxmathDelimiters')
+%% chairxmathDecoration.dtx (with options: `chairxmathDecoration')
+%% chairxmathGeneral.dtx (with options: `chairxmathGeneral')
+%% chairxmathAlgebra.dtx (with options: `chairxmathAlgebra')
+%% chairxmathAnalysis.dtx (with options: `chairxmathAnalysis')
+%% chairxmathCategory.dtx (with options: `chairxmathCategory')
+%% chairxmathDiffgeo.dtx (with options: `chairxmathDiffgeo')
+%% chairxmathLinalg.dtx (with options: `chairxmathLinalg')
+%% chairxmathStatistics.dtx (with options: `chairxmathStatistics')
+%% chairxmathTopology.dtx (with options: `chairxmathTopology')
+%% This is a generated file.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2018 by ChairX
+%%
+%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+%% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+%% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%%
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+%%
+%% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{chairxmath}
+[2021/07/29 v1.0.0 First major release]
+
+\RequirePackage{amsmath}
+\RequirePackage{amssymb}
+\RequirePackage{mathtools}
+\DeclareSymbolFont{stmry}{U}{stmry}{m}{n}
+\SetSymbolFont{stmry}{bold}{U}{stmry}{b}{n}
+\RequirePackage{xkeyval}
+\RequirePackage{tensor}
+\RequirePackage{suffix}
+\newif\if at loadmath \@loadmathtrue
+\if at loadmath
+\DeclareMathAlphabet{\ch at airxmathbbm}{U}{bbm}{m}{n}
+\SetMathAlphabet\ch at airxmathbbm{bold}{U}{bbm}{bx}{n}
+\renewcommand{\mathbb}[1]{\ch at airxmathbbm{#1}}
+\DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathscr}{U}{rsfso}{m}{n}
+\DeclareSymbolFont{EulerScript}{U}{eus}{m}{n}
+\SetSymbolFont{EulerScript}{bold}{U}{eus}{b}{n}
+\DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet\mathcal{EulerScript}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{algebrafont}{
+ \providecommand{\ch at irxalgebrafont}[1]{ }
+ \renewcommand{\ch at irxalgebrafont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{basisfont}{
+\providecommand{\ch at irxbasisfont}[1]{ }
+\renewcommand{\ch at irxbasisfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{categoryfont}{
+ \providecommand{\ch at irxcategoryfont}[1]{ }
+ \renewcommand{\ch at irxcategoryfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{categorynamefont}{
+ \providecommand{\ch at irxcategorynamefont}[1]{ }
+ \renewcommand{\ch at irxcategorynamefont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{fieldfont}{
+\providecommand{\ch at irxfieldfont}[1]{ }
+\renewcommand{\ch at irxfieldfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{filterfont}{
+\providecommand{\ch at irxfilterfont}[1]{ }
+\renewcommand{\ch at irxfilterfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{functorfont}{
+\providecommand{\ch at irxfunctorfont}[1]{ }
+\renewcommand{\ch at irxfunctorfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{gerstenhaberfont}{
+\providecommand{\ch at irxgerstenhaberfont}[1]{ }
+\renewcommand{\ch at irxgerstenhaberfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{groupfont}{
+\providecommand{\ch at irxgroupfont}[1]{ }
+\renewcommand{\ch at irxgroupfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{groupoidfont}{
+\providecommand{\ch at irxgroupoidfont}[1]{ }
+\renewcommand{\ch at irxgroupoidfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{hilbertfont}{
+\providecommand{\ch at irxhilbertfont}[1]{ }
+\renewcommand{\ch at irxhilbertfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{liealgfont}{
+\providecommand{\ch at irxliealgfont}[1]{ }
+\renewcommand{\ch at irxliealgfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{modulefont}{
+\providecommand{\ch at irxmodulefont}[1]{ }
+\renewcommand{\ch at irxmodulefont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{prehilbfont}{
+\providecommand{\ch at irxprehilbfont}[1]{ }
+\renewcommand{\ch at irxprehilbfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{operatorfont}{
+ \providecommand{\ch at irxoperatorfont}[1]{ }
+ \renewcommand{\ch at irxoperatorfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{ringfont}{
+\providecommand{\ch at irxringfont}[1]{ }
+\renewcommand{\ch at irxringfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{scriptfont}{
+ \providecommand{\ch at irxscriptfont}[1]{ }
+ \renewcommand{\ch at irxscriptfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{sheaffont}{
+\providecommand{\ch at irxsheaffont}[1]{ }
+\renewcommand{\ch at irxsheaffont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{spacefont}{
+ \providecommand{\ch at irxspacefont}[1]{ }
+ \renewcommand{\ch at irxspacefont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{topologyfont}{
+\providecommand{\ch at irxtopologyfont}[1]{ }
+\renewcommand{\ch at irxtopologyfont}{#1}
+}
+\newcommand{\chairxfonts}[1]{
+ \setkeys[chairx]{fonts}{#1}
+}
+\chairxfonts{
+ algebrafont = \mathscr,
+ basisfont = \mathit,
+ categoryfont = \mathfrak,
+ categorynamefont = \mathsf,
+ fieldfont = \mathbb,
+ filterfont = \mathfrak,
+ functorfont = \mathsf,
+ groupfont = \mathrm,
+ groupoidfont = \mathfrak,
+ gerstenhaberfont = \mathfrak,
+ hilbertfont = \mathfrak,
+ liealgfont = \mathfrak,
+ modulefont = \mathscr,
+ prehilbfont = \mathcal,
+ operatorfont = \mathrm,
+ ringfont = \mathsf,
+ scriptfont = \mathrm,
+ sheaffont = \mathscr,
+ spacefont = \mathscr,
+ topologyfont = \mathscr
+}
+\newcommand{\ch at irxfont}[1]{\fontfamily{#1}\fontencoding{U}\fontseries{m}\fontshape{n}\selectfont}
+\newcommand{\ch at irxsymbol}[2]{{\ch at irxfont{#1}\char#2}}
+\newcommand\ch at irxmathsymbol[3][\mathord]{%
+ #1{\ch at irxm@thsymbol{#2}{#3}}}
+\def\ch at irxm@thsymbol#1#2{\mathchoice
+ {\@ch at irxm@thsymbol{#1}{#2}\tf at size}
+ {\@ch at irxm@thsymbol{#1}{#2}\tf at size}
+ {\@ch at irxm@thsymbol{#1}{#2}\sf at size}
+ {\@ch at irxm@thsymbol{#1}{#2}\ssf at size}}
+\def\@ch at irxm@thsymbol#1#2#3{\mbox{\fontsize{#3}{#3}\ch at irxsymbol{#1}{#2}}}
+\fi
+\if at loadmath
+\newcommand{\vast}{\bBigg@{4}}
+\newcommand{\Vast}{\bBigg@{5}}
+\newcommand{\vastl}{\mathopen\vast}
+\newcommand{\vastm}{\mathrel\vast}
+\newcommand{\vastr}{\mathclose\vast}
+\newcommand{\Vastl}{\mathopen\Vast}
+\newcommand{\Vastm}{\mathrel\Vast}
+\newcommand{\Vastr}{\mathclose\Vast}
+\fi
+\if at loadmath
+\let\originaltensor\tensor
+\DeclareRobustCommand\decorate{\originaltensor}
+\newcommand{\deco}[5]{\decorate*[^{#1}_{#2}]{#3}{^{#4}_{#5}}}
+\newcommand{\script}[1]{\ch at irxscriptfont{#1}}
+\fi
+\if at loadmath
+\newcommand{\I}{\mathrm{i}}
+\newcommand{\E}{\mathrm{e}}
+\newcommand{\D}{\mathop{}\!\mathrm{d}}
+\newcommand{\cc}[1]{\overline{{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\sign}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{sign}}}
+\newcommand{\RE}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Re}}}
+\newcommand{\IM}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Im}}}
+\newcommand{\Unit}{\mathbb{1}}
+\newcommand{\const}{\operatorname{\mathit{const}}}
+\newcommand{\canonical}{\ch at irxscriptfont{can}}
+\newcommand{\pt}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{pt}}
+\newcommand{\at}[2][\big]{#1\vert_{#2}}
+\newcommand{\Map}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Map}}
+\newcommand{\Bij}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Bij}}
+\newcommand{\argument}{\,\cdot\,}
+\newcommand{\domain}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{dom}}}
+\newcommand{\range}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{range}}}
+\newcommand{\id}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{id}}}
+\newcommand{\pr}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{pr}}}
+\newcommand{\inv}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{inv}}}
+\newcommand{\ev}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{ev}}}
+\newcommand{\image}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{im}}}
+\newcommand{\graph}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{graph}}}
+\newcommand{\coimage}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{coim}}}
+\newcommand{\coker}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{coker}}}
+\newcommand{\operator}[1]{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\later}{\mathrel{\succcurlyeq}}
+\newcommand{\earlier}{\mathrel{\preccurlyeq}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\big at p[2][1]{%
+\mathop{\vphantom{\sum}\mathpalette\bigop@{{#1}{#2}}}\slimits@
+}
+\newcommand{\bigop@}[2]{\bigop@@#1#2}
+\newcommand{\bigop@@}[3]{%
+\vcenter{
+\sbox\z@{$#1\sum$}
+\hbox{\resizebox{\ifx#1\displaystyle#2\fi\dimexpr\ht\z at +\dp\z@}{!}{$\m at th#3$}}
+}
+}
+\newcommand{\bigplus}{\DOTSB\big at p{+}}
+\newcommand{\bigtimes}{\DOTSB\big at p{\times}}
+\newcommand{\biprod}{\DOTSB\big at p{\mathrel{\prod\hspace{-0.4cm}\coprod}}}
+\newcommand{\smiley}{\ch at irxmathsymbol[\mathord]{wasy}{44}}
+\newcommand{\frownie}{\ch at irxmathsymbol[\mathord]{wasy}{47}}
+\newcommand{\heart}{\heartsuit}
+\fi
+\if at loadmath
+\newcommand{\field}[1]{\ch at irxfieldfont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\ring}[1]{\ch at irxringfont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\group}[1]{\ch at irxgroupfont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\algebra}[1]{\ch at irxalgebrafont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\module}[1]{\ch at irxmodulefont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\liealg}[1]{\ch at irxliealgfont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\MC}{{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{MC}}}
+\newcommand{\gerstenhaber}[1] {\ch at irxgerstenhaberfont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\Pol}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Pol}}
+\newcommand{\lmult}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{\ell}}}
+\newcommand{\rmult}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{r}}}
+\newcommand{\Lmult}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{L}}}
+\newcommand{\Rmult}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{R}}}
+\newcommand{\Center}{\mathscr{Z}}
+\newcommand{\ad}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{ad}}}
+\newcommand{\Ad}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Ad}}}
+\newcommand{\Conj}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Conj}}}
+\newcommand{\acts}{\mathbin{\triangleright}}
+\newcommand{\racts}{\mathbin{\triangleleft}}
+\newcommand{\Char}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{char}}
+\newcommand{\modulo}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{mod}}}
+\newcommand{\Clifford}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Cl}}}
+\newcommand{\cClifford}{\operatorname{\mathbb{C}\ch at irxoperatorfont{l}}}
+\newcommand{\Der}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Der}}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\Der*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\Der}{}}
+\newcommand{\InnDer}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{InnDer}}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\InnDer*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\InnDer}{}}
+\newcommand{\OutDer}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{OutDer}}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\OutDer*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\OutDer}{}}
+\newcommand{\InnAut}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{InnAut}}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\InnAut*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\InnAut}{}}
+\newcommand{\OutAut}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{OutAut}}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\OutAut*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\OutAut}{}}
+\newcommand{\formal}[1]{\ch at irxllbbracket #1\ch at irxrrbbracket}
+\newcommand{\laurent}[1]{(\!(#1)\!)}
+\newcommand{\sweedler}[1]{{\scriptscriptstyle(#1)}}
+\newcommand{\algebras}{\categoryname{alg}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\algebras*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\algebras}{}}
+\newcommand{\Algebras}{\categoryname{Alg}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\Algebras*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\Algebras}{}}
+\newcommand{\reps}{\categoryname{rep}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\reps*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\reps}{}}
+\newcommand{\Reps}{\categoryname{Rep}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\Reps*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\Reps}{}}
+\newcommand{\PoissonAlg}{\categoryname{PoissonAlg}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\PoissonAlg*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\PoissonAlg}{}}
+\newcommand{\modules}{\categoryname{mod}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\modules*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\modules}{}}
+\newcommand{\Leftmodules}[1]{{#1}\textsf{-}\categoryname{mod}}
+\newcommand{\Rightmodules}[2][]{\categoryname{mod}_{#1}\textsf{-}{#2}}
+\newcommand{\Modules}{\categoryname{Mod}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\Modules*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\Modules}{}}
+\newcommand{\LeftModules}[1]{{#1}\textsf{-}\categoryname{Mod}}
+\newcommand{\RightModules}[2][]{\categoryname{Mod}_{#1}\textsf{-}{#2}}
+\newcommand{\Bimodules}{\categoryname{Bimod}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\Bimodules*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\Bimodules}{}}
+\newcommand{\Rings}{\categoryname{Ring}}
+\newcommand{\Groups}{\categoryname{Group}}
+\newcommand{\Ab}{\categoryname{Ab}}
+\newcommand{\Lattices}{\categoryname{Lattice}}
+\newcommand{\Sets}{\categoryname{Set}}
+\newcommand{\Vect}{\categoryname{Vect}}
+\newcommand{\LieAlgs}{\categoryname{LieAlg}}
+\newcommand{\Posets}{\categoryname{Poset}}
+\newcommand{\Directed}{\categoryname{Directed}}
+\newcommand{\GSets}[1][{G}]{{#1}\textrm{-}\Sets}
+\newcommand{\Groupoids}{\categoryname{Groupoid}}
+\fi
+\if at loadmath
+\newcommand{\vol}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{vol}}
+\newcommand{\complete}[1]{\widehat{#1}}
+\newcommand{\Ball}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{B}}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiter{\abs}{\lvert}{\rvert}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiter{\norm}{\lVert}{\rVert}
+\newcommand{\@supnormstar}[1]{\norm*{#1}_\infty}
+\newcommand{\@supnormnostar}[2][]{\norm[#1]{#2}_\infty}
+\newcommand{\supnorm}{\@ifstar\@supnormstar\@supnormnostar}
+\newcommand{\expands}[1][2.5]{\mathrel{\scalebox{#1}[1.1]{$\sim$}}}
+\newcommand{\std}{{\scriptscriptstyle{\ch at irxscriptfont{std}}}}
+\newcommand{\Weyl}{{\scriptscriptstyle{\ch at irxscriptfont{Weyl}}}}
+\newcommand{\Op}{\operatorname{Op}}
+\newcommand{\Opstd}{\operatorname{Op}_\std}
+\newcommand{\OpWeyl}{\operatorname{Op}_\Weyl}
+\newcommand{\spacename}[1]{\ch at irxspacefont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\Bounded}{\ch at irxspacefont{B}}
+\newcommand{\Continuous}{\ch at irxspacefont{C}}
+\newcommand{\Contbound}{\Continuous_{\mathrm{b}}}
+\newcommand{\Fun}[1][k]{\ch at irxspacefont{C}^{#1}}
+\newcommand{\Cinfty}{\Fun[\infty]}
+\newcommand{\Comega}{\Fun[\omega]}
+\newcommand{\Holomorphic}{\ch at irxspacefont{O}}
+\newcommand{\AntiHolomorphic}{\cc{\Holomorphic}}
+\newcommand{\Schwartz}{\ch at irxspacefont{S}}
+\newcommand{\Riemann}{\ch at irxspacefont{R}}
+\newcommand{\singsupp}{\operatorname{sing\,supp}}
+\newcommand{\seminorm}[1]{\mathrm{#1}}
+\newcommand{\ord}{\operatorname{ord}}
+\newcommand{\conv}{\operatorname{conv}}
+\newcommand{\extreme}{\operatorname{extreme}}
+\newcommand{\hilbert}[1]{\ch at irxhilbertfont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\prehilb}[1]{\ch at irxprehilbfont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\Adjointable}[1][{}]{\mathfrak{B}_{\scriptscriptstyle{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\Finite}[1][{}]{\mathfrak{F}_{\scriptscriptstyle{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\Compact}[1][{}]{\mathfrak{K}_{\scriptscriptstyle{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\opdomain}{\ch at irxhilbertfont{D}}
+\newcommand{\spec}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{spec}}}
+\newcommand{\closure}[1]{\overline{#1}}
+\newcommand{\res}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{res}}}
+\newcommand{\Res}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Res}}}
+\newcommand{\specrad}{\operatorname{\varrho}}
+\newcommand{\slim}{\operatorname*{\ch at irxoperatorfont{s-lim}}}
+\newcommand{\wlim}{\operatorname*{\ch at irxoperatorfont{w-lim}}}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiter{\ketbr@}{\vert}{\vert}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiter{\ket}{\vert}{\rangle}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiter{\bra}{\langle}{\vert}
+\newcommand{\braket}[3][]{\SP[#1]{#2 \,#1\vert\, #3}}
+\newcommand{\ketbra}[3][]{\ketbr@[#1]{#2 #1\rangle #1\langle #3}}
+\newcommand{\Spec}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Spec}}}
+\newcommand{\Rad}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Rad}}}
+\newcommand{\ind}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{ind}}}
+\newcommand{\Measurable}{\ch at irxspacefont{M}}
+\newcommand{\Meas}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Meas}}
+\newcommand{\BoundMeas}{\ch at irxspacefont{BM}}
+\newcommand{\Lp}[1][{p}]{\mathrm{L}^{#1}}
+\newcommand{\Lone}{\Lp[1]}
+\newcommand{\Ltwo}{\Lp[2]}
+\newcommand{\Linfty}{\Lp[\infty]}
+\newcommand{\Intp}[1][{p}]{\ch at irxspacefont{L}^{#1}}
+\newcommand{\Intone}{\Intp[1]}
+\newcommand{\Inttwo}{\Intp[2]}
+\newcommand{\Intinfty}{\Intp[\infty]}
+\newcommand{\essrange}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{ess\,range}}}
+\newcommand*{\esssup}{\operatorname*{\ch at irxoperatorfont{ess}\,\ch at irxoperatorfont{\sup}}}
+\newcommand{\@esssupnormstar}[1]{\norm*{#1}_{\esssup}}
+\newcommand{\@esssupnormnostar}[2][]{\norm[#1]{#2}_{\esssup}}
+\newcommand{\esssupnorm}{\@ifstar\@esssupnormstar\@esssupnormnostar}
+\newcommand{\ac}{\ch at irxscriptfont{ac}}
+\newcommand{\sing}{\ch at irxscriptfont{sing}}
+\newcommand{\indlim}{\operatorname*{{ind\,lim}}}
+\renewcommand{\projlim}{\operatorname*{{proj\,lim}}}
+\fi
+\if at loadmath
+\newcommand{\category}[1]{\ch at irxcategoryfont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\categoryname}[1]{\ch at irxcategorynamefont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\functor}[1]{\ch at irxfunctorfont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\groupoid}[1]{\ch at irxgroupoidfont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\source}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{source}}
+\newcommand{\target}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{target}}
+\newcommand{\unit}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{unit}}
+\newcommand{\opp}{\ch at irxscriptfont{opp}}
+\newcommand{\asso}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{asso}}
+\newcommand{\Hom}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Hom}}}
+\newcommand{\End}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{End}}}
+\newcommand{\Aut}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Aut}}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\Aut*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\Aut}{}}
+\newcommand{\Iso}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Iso}}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\Iso*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\Iso}{}}
+\newcommand{\Obj}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Obj}}}
+\newcommand{\Morph}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Morph}}}
+\newcommand{\colim}{\operatorname*{{colim}}}
+\fi
+\if at loadmath
+\newcommand{\Lie}{\mathscr{L}}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiter{\ch at irxbracket}{[}{]}
+\DeclareMathDelimiter\ch at irxllbbracket{\mathopen}{stmry}{"4A}{stmry}{"71}
+\DeclareMathDelimiter\ch at irxrrbbracket{\mathclose}{stmry}{"4B}{stmry}{"79}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiter{\ch at irxbbracket}{\ch at irxllbbracket}{\ch at irxrrbbracket}
+\newcommand{\@schoutenstar}[1]{\ch at irxbbracket*{#1}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{S}}}
+\newcommand{\@schoutennostar}[2][]{\ch at irxbbracket[#1]{#2}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{S}}}
+\newcommand{\Schouten}{\@ifstar\@schoutenstar\@schoutennostar}
+\newcommand{\Forms}{\Omega}
+\newcommand{\ZdR}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Z}_{\scriptscriptstyle\mathrm{dR}}}
+\newcommand{\BdR}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{B}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{dR}}}
+\newcommand{\HdR}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{H}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{dR}}}
+\newcommand{\Diffeo}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Diffeo}}}
+\newcommand{\Diffop}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{DiffOp}}}
+\newcommand{\loc}{\ch at irxscriptfont{loc}}
+\newcommand{\germ}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{germ}}}
+\newcommand{\prol}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{prol}}
+\newcommand{\@nrbracketstar}[1]{\ch at irxbracket*{#1}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{NR}}}
+\newcommand{\@nrbracketnostar}[2][]{\ch at irxbracket[#1]{#2}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{NR}}}
+\newcommand{\NRbracket}{\@ifstar\@nrbracketstar\@nrbracketnostar}
+\newcommand{\@fnbracketstar}[1]{\ch at irxbracket*{#1}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{FN}}}
+\newcommand{\@fnbracketnostar}[2][]{\ch at irxbracket[#1]{#2}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{FN}}}
+\newcommand{\FNbracket}{\@ifstar\@fnbracketstar\@fnbracketnostar}
+\newcommand{\Manifolds}{\categoryname{\categoryname{Manifold}}}
+\newcommand{\lefttriv}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{left}}
+\newcommand{\righttriv}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{right}}
+\newcommand{\Gau}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Gau}}}
+\newcommand{\Conn}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Conn}}}
+\newcommand{\ratio}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{r}}
+\newcommand{\Parallel}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{P}}}
+\newcommand{\CE}{{\scriptscriptstyle{\ch at irxscriptfont{CE}}}}
+\newcommand{\HCE}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{H}_\CE}
+\newcommand{\fund}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{fund}}
+\newcommand{\Universal}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{U}}}
+\newcommand{\BCH}{\ch at irxscriptfont{\scriptscriptstyle{BCH}}}
+\newcommand{\LieGroups}{\categoryname{\categoryname{LieGroup}}}
+\newcommand{\Principal}{\categoryname{\categoryname{Principal}}}
+\newcommand{\GPrincipal}[1][G]{#1\categoryname{\textrm{-}\categoryname{Principal}}}
+\newcommand{\Fiber}{\categoryname{Fiber}}
+\newcommand{\FFiber}[1][F]{#1\categoryname{\textrm{-}\categoryname{Fiber}}}
+\newcommand{\Pin}{\group{Pin}}
+\newcommand{\Spin}{\group{Spin}}
+
+\newcommand{\nablaLC}{\nabla^{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{LC}}}
+\newcommand{\Laplace}{\Delta}
+\DeclareMathSymbol\dAlembert{\mathord}{AMSa}{"03}
+\newcommand{\feynman}[1]{\ooalign{$#1$\cr\hidewidth$\raise0.19ex\hbox{/}$\hidewidth\cr}}
+
+\newcommand{\Dirac}{\feynman{D}}
+\newcommand{\rotation}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{rot}}}
+\newcommand{\curl}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{curl}}}
+\newcommand{\divergence}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{div}}}
+\newcommand{\gradient}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{grad}}}
+\newcommand{\Tor}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Tor}}}
+\newcommand{\Ric}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Ric}}}
+\newcommand{\scal}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{scal}}}
+\newcommand{\Riem}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Riem}}}
+\newcommand{\Hessian}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Hessian}}
+\newcommand{\hodge}{\operatorname{\star}}
+\newcommand{\Nijenhuis}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Nij}}}
+\newcommand{\del}{\mathop{}\!\partial}
+\newcommand{\delbar}{\mathop{}\!\cc{\partial}}
+\newcommand{\FS}{{\scriptscriptstyle{\ch at irxscriptfont{FS}}}}
+\newcommand{\Lift}{{\scriptscriptstyle{\ch at irxscriptfont{Lift}}}}
+\newcommand{\ver}{\ch at irxscriptfont{ver}}
+\newcommand{\hor}{\ch at irxscriptfont{hor}}
+\newcommand{\Ver}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Ver}}}
+\newcommand{\Hor}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Hor}}}
+\newcommand{\Sec}[1][k]{\Gamma^{#1}}
+\newcommand{\Secinfty}{\Sec[\infty]}
+\newcommand{\HolSec}{\Sec[]_{\ch at irxscriptfont{hol}}}
+\newcommand{\SymD}{\mathop{}\!\ch at irxoperatorfont{D}}
+\newcommand{\Densities}[1][n]{\abs{\Lambda^{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\MeasurableSections}{\ch at irxspacefont{M}\Sec[]}
+\newcommand{\IntpSections}[1][p]{\Intp[#1]\Sec[]}
+\newcommand{\IntegrableSections}{\IntpSections[1]}
+\newcommand{\Translation}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{T}}
+\newcommand{\frames}[1]{\ch at irxoperatorfont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\Frames}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Frames}}}
+\newcommand{\FDiff}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{F}}
+\newcommand{\Sympl}{\operatorname{\ch at irxgroupfont{Sympl}}}
+\newcommand{\Jacobiator}[1][\pi]{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Jac}}_{#1}}
+\newcommand{\red}{\ch at irxscriptfont{red}}
+\newcommand{\Hess}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Hess}}
+\newcommand{\KKS}{{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{KKS}}}
+\newcommand{\@courantstar}[1]{\ch at irxbbracket*{#1}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{C}}}
+\newcommand{\@courantnostar}[2][]{\ch at irxbbracket[#1]{#2}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{C}}}
+\newcommand{\Courant}{\@ifstar\@courantstar\@courantnostar}
+\newcommand{\@dorfmanstar}[1]{\ch at irxbbracket*{#1}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{D}}}
+\newcommand{\@dorfmannostar}[2][]{\ch at irxbbracket[#1]{#2}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{D}}}
+\newcommand{\Dorfman}{\@ifstar\@dorfmanstar\@dorfmannostar}
+\newcommand{\Dir}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Dir}}}
+\newcommand{\Forward}{\mathcal{F}}
+\newcommand{\Backward}{\mathcal{B}}
+\newcommand{\Tangent}{\mathbb{T}}
+\newcommand{\MWreduction}{\big/\!\!\big/}
+\newcommand{\Mon}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Mon}}
+\newcommand{\Hol}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Hol}}
+\fi
+\if at loadmath
+\newcommand{\tr}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{tr}}}
+\newcommand{\rank}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{rank}}}
+\newcommand{\codim}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{codim}}}
+\newcommand{\diag}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{diag}}}
+\newcommand{\Trans}{{\ch at irxscriptfont{\scriptscriptstyle{T}}}}
+\newcommand{\Mat}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{M}}
+\newcommand{\SymMat}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{SymMat}}
+\newcommand{\ann}{\ch at irxscriptfont{ann}}
+\newcommand{\Span}[1][]{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{span}_{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\basis}[1]{\ch at irxbasisfont{#1}}
+\renewcommand{\tensor}[1][{}]{\mathbin{\otimes_{\scriptscriptstyle{#1}}}}
+\newcommand{\Tensor}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{T}}
+\newcommand{\Anti}{\Lambda}
+\newcommand{\Sym}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{S}}
+\newcommand{\Symmetrizer}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Sym}}}
+\newcommand{\AntiSymmetrizer}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Alt}}}
+\newcommand{\ins}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{i}}}
+\newcommand{\jns}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{j}}}
+\newcommand{\insa}{\ins_{\ch at irxscriptfont{a}}}
+\newcommand{\inss}{\ins_{\ch at irxscriptfont{s}}}
+\newcommand{\degs}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{deg}_{\ch at irxscriptfont{s}}}
+\newcommand{\dega}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{deg}_{\ch at irxscriptfont{a}}}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiter{\SP} {\langle}{\rangle}
+\newcommand{\littlepara}{{\scriptscriptstyle\parallel}}
+\newcommand{\IP}[6][{}]{\decorate*[^{#2}_{#3}]{\SP[#1]{#4}}{^{#5}_{#6}}}
+\fi
+\if at loadmath
+\newcommand{\EX}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{E}}}
+\newcommand{\Var}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Var}}}
+\newcommand{\Cov}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Cov}}}
+\newcommand{\Cor}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Cor}}}
+\fi
+\if at loadmath
+\newcommand{\cl}{\ch at irxscriptfont{cl}}
+\newcommand{\scl}{\ch at irxscriptfont{scl}}
+\newcommand{\interior}{\circ}
+\newcommand{\boundary}{\partial}
+\newcommand{\supp}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{supp}}}
+\newcommand{\dist}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{dist}}}
+\newcommand{\topology}[1]{\ch at irxtopologyfont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\filter}[1]{\ch at irxfilterfont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\sheaf}[1]{\ch at irxsheaffont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\Sections}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Sections}}}
+\newcommand{\HOM}{\operatorname{\ch at irxsheaffont{H}\!\mathit{om}}}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiter{\etale}{\lvert}{\rvert}
+\newcommand{\topological}{\categoryname{top}}
+\newcommand{\Topological}{\categoryname{Top}}
+\newcommand{\Sheaves}{\categoryname{Sheaves}}
+\newcommand{\PreSheaves}{\categoryname{PreSheaves}}
+\newcommand{\Etale}{\categoryname{Etale}}
+\fi
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `chairxmath.sty'.
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/nchairx/chairxmath.sty
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/nchairx/nchairx.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/nchairx/nchairx.sty (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/nchairx/nchairx.sty 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -0,0 +1,932 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `nchairx.sty',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% nchairx.dtx (with options: `nchairx')
+%% chairxDefaults.dtx (with options: `chairxDefaults')
+%% chairxEnv.dtx (with options: `chairxEnv')
+%% chairxLogo.dtx (with options: `chairxLogo')
+%% chairxmathFonts.dtx (with options: `chairxmathFonts')
+%% chairxmathDelimiters.dtx (with options: `chairxmathDelimiters')
+%% chairxmathDecoration.dtx (with options: `chairxmathDecoration')
+%% chairxmathGeneral.dtx (with options: `chairxmathGeneral')
+%% chairxmathAlgebra.dtx (with options: `chairxmathAlgebra')
+%% chairxmathAnalysis.dtx (with options: `chairxmathAnalysis')
+%% chairxmathCategory.dtx (with options: `chairxmathCategory')
+%% chairxmathDiffgeo.dtx (with options: `chairxmathDiffgeo')
+%% chairxmathLinalg.dtx (with options: `chairxmathLinalg')
+%% chairxmathStatistics.dtx (with options: `chairxmathStatistics')
+%% chairxmathTopology.dtx (with options: `chairxmathTopology')
+%% This is a generated file.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2018 by ChairX
+%%
+%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+%% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+%% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%%
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+%%
+%% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+ % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{nchairx}
+ [2021/07/29 v1.0.0 First major release]
+\RequirePackage{xkeyval}
+\newif\if at loadmath \@loadmathtrue
+\DeclareOptionX[chairx]<math>{noMath}{
+\@loadmathfalse
+}
+\ProcessOptionsX[chairx]<math>
+\RequirePackage{amsmath}
+\RequirePackage{amssymb}
+\RequirePackage{suffix}
+\RequirePackage{mathtools}
+\RequirePackage[amsmath,thmmarks,hyperref]{ntheorem}
+\RequirePackage{graphicx}
+\RequirePackage{enumitem}
+\RequirePackage{tensor}
+\DeclareSymbolFont{stmry}{U}{stmry}{m}{n}
+\SetSymbolFont{stmry}{bold}{U}{stmry}{b}{n}
+\RequirePackage{aliascnt}
+\numberwithin{equation}{section}
+\renewcommand{\theequation}{\thesection.\arabic{equation}}
+\allowdisplaybreaks
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.2}
+\let\originalleft\left
+\let\originalright\right
+\renewcommand{\left}{\mathopen{}\mathclose\bgroup\originalleft}
+\renewcommand{\right}{\aftergroup\egroup\originalright}
+\renewcommand{\cleardoublepage}{\clearpage\ifodd\c at page\else\vspace*{\fill}\thispagestyle{empty}\newpage\fi}
+\newcommand{\claimch at irxname}{Claim}
+\newcommand{\conjecturech at irxname}{Conjecture}
+\newcommand{\conventionch at irxname}{Convention}
+\newcommand{\corollarych at irxname}{Corollary}
+\newcommand{\definitionch at irxname}{Definition}
+\newcommand{\examplech at irxname}{Example}
+\newcommand{\exercisech at irxname}{Exercise}
+\newcommand{\hintch at irxname}{Hint}
+\newcommand{\lemmach at irxname}{Lemma}
+\newcommand{\maintheoremch at irxname}{Main Theorem}
+\newcommand{\notationch at irxname}{Notation}
+\newcommand{\proofch at irxname}{Proof}
+\newcommand{\propositionch at irxname}{Proposition}
+\newcommand{\questionch at irxname}{Question}
+\newcommand{\remarkch at irxname}{Remark}
+\newcommand{\subproofch at irxname}{Proof}
+\newcommand{\theoremch at irxname}{Theorem}
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{english,strings}{%
+ \StartBabelCommands{english}{extras}
+ \SetString{\chapterch at irxname}{Chapter}
+ \SetString{\sectionch at irxname}{Section}
+ \SetString{\subsectionch at irxname}{Section}
+ \SetString{\subsubsectionch at irxname}{Section}
+ \SetString{\lemmach at irxname}{Lemma}
+ \SetString{\propositionch at irxname}{Proposition}
+ \SetString{\theoremch at irxname}{Theorem}
+ \SetString{\corollarych at irxname}{Corollary}
+ \SetString{\definitionch at irxname}{Definition}
+ \SetString{\claimch at irxname}{Claim}
+ \SetString{\examplech at irxname}{Example}
+ \SetString{\remarkch at irxname}{Remark}
+ \SetString{\questionch at irxname}{Question}
+ \SetString{\conjecturech at irxname}{Conjecture}
+ \SetString{\conventionch at irxname}{Convention}
+ \SetString{\exercisech at irxname}{Exercise}
+ \SetString{\maintheoremch at irxname}{Main Theorem}
+ \SetString{\notationch at irxname}{Notation}
+ \SetString{\proofch at irxname}{Proof}
+ \SetString{\subproofch at irxname}{Proof}
+ \SetString{\hintch at irxname}{Hint}
+ \EndBabelCommands
+}{}
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{german,strings}{%
+ \StartBabelCommands{german}{extras}
+ \SetString{\chapterch at irxname}{Kapitel}
+ \SetString{\sectionch at irxname}{Abschnitt}
+ \SetString{\subsectionch at irxname}{Abschnitt}
+ \SetString{\subsubsectionch at irxname}{Abschnitt}
+ \SetString{\lemmach at irxname}{Lemma}
+ \SetString{\propositionch at irxname}{Proposition}
+ \SetString{\theoremch at irxname}{Satz}
+ \SetString{\corollarych at irxname}{Korollar}
+ \SetString{\definitionch at irxname}{Definition}
+ \SetString{\claimch at irxname}{Behauptung}
+ \SetString{\examplech at irxname}{Beispiel}
+ \SetString{\remarkch at irxname}{Bemerkung}
+ \SetString{\questionch at irxname}{Frage}
+ \SetString{\conjecturech at irxname}{Vermutung}
+ \SetString{\conventionch at irxname}{Konvention}
+ \SetString{\exercisech at irxname}{\"Ubung}
+ \SetString{\maintheoremch at irxname}{Theorem}
+ \SetString{\notationch at irxname}{Notation}
+ \SetString{\proofch at irxname}{Beweis}
+ \SetString{\subproofch at irxname}{Beweis}
+ \SetString{\hintch at irxname}{Hinweis}
+ \EndBabelCommands
+}{}
+\theoremheaderfont{\normalfont\bfseries}
+\theorembodyfont{\itshape}
+\newtheorem{claim}{\claimch at irxname}[section]
+\newtheorem*{nnclaim}{\claimch at irxname}
+\newaliascnt{conjecture}{claim}
+\newtheorem{conjecture}[conjecture]{\conjecturech at irxname}
+\newtheorem*{nnconjecture}{\conjecturech at irxname}
+\aliascntresetthe{conjecture}
+\newaliascnt{corollary}{claim}
+\newtheorem{corollary}[corollary]{\corollarych at irxname}
+\newtheorem*{nncorollary}{\corollarych at irxname}
+\aliascntresetthe{corollary}
+\newaliascnt{definition}{claim}
+\newtheorem{definition}[definition]{\definitionch at irxname}
+\newtheorem*{nndefinition}{\definitionch at irxname}
+\aliascntresetthe{definition}
+\newaliascnt{lemma}{claim}
+\newtheorem{lemma}[lemma]{\lemmach at irxname}
+\newtheorem*{nnlemma}{\lemmach at irxname}
+\aliascntresetthe{lemma}
+\newaliascnt{proposition}{claim}
+\newtheorem{proposition}[proposition]{\propositionch at irxname}
+\newtheorem*{nnproposition}{\propositionch at irxname}
+\aliascntresetthe{proposition}
+\newaliascnt{theorem}{claim}
+\newtheorem{theorem}[theorem]{\theoremch at irxname}
+\newtheorem*{nntheorem}{\theoremch at irxname}
+\aliascntresetthe{theorem}
+\theorembodyfont{\rmfamily}
+\newaliascnt{example}{claim}
+\newtheorem{example}[example]{\examplech at irxname}
+\newtheorem*{nnexample}{\examplech at irxname}
+\aliascntresetthe{example}
+\newaliascnt{convention}{claim}
+\newtheorem{convention}[convention]{\conventionch at irxname}
+\newtheorem*{nnconvention}{\conventionch at irxname}
+\aliascntresetthe{convention}
+\newaliascnt{notation}{claim}
+\newtheorem{notation}[notation]{\notationch at irxname}
+\newtheorem*{nnnotation}{\notationch at irxname}
+\aliascntresetthe{notation}
+\newaliascnt{question}{claim}
+\newtheorem{question}[question]{\questionch at irxname}
+\newtheorem*{nnquestion}{\questionch at irxname}
+\aliascntresetthe{question}
+\newaliascnt{remark}{claim}
+\newtheorem{remark}[remark]{\remarkch at irxname}
+\newtheorem*{nnremark}{\remarkch at irxname}
+\aliascntresetthe{remark}
+\newtheorem{exercise}{\exercisech at irxname}[section]
+\newtheorem*{nnexercise}{\exercisech at irxname}
+\theorembodyfont{\itshape}
+\theoremnumbering{Roman}
+\newtheorem{maintheorem}{\maintheoremch at irxname}
+\newtheorem*{nnmaintheorem}{\maintheoremch at irxname}
+\DeclareMathSymbol\ch at irxboxempty{\mathord}{AMSa}{"03}
+\theoremheaderfont{\scshape}
+\theorembodyfont{\normalfont}
+\theoremstyle{nonumberplain}
+\theoremseparator{:}
+\theoremsymbol{\hbox{$\ch at irxboxempty$}}
+\newtheorem{proof}{\proofch at irxname}
+\theoremsymbol{\hbox{$\triangledown$}}
+\newtheorem{subproof}{\proofch at irxname}
+\newenvironment{hint}{\par\footnotesize\medskip\noindent\hintch at irxname: }{\par\smallskip\normalsize}
+\def\theorem at checkbold{}
+\providecommand{\claimautorefname}{\claimch at irxname}
+\providecommand{\conjectureautorefname}{\conjecturech at irxname}
+\providecommand{\conventionautorefname}{\conventionch at irxname}
+\providecommand{\corollaryautorefname}{\corollarych at irxname}
+\providecommand{\definitionautorefname}{\definitionch at irxname}
+\providecommand{\lemmaautorefname}{\lemmach at irxname}
+\providecommand{\propositionautorefname}{\propositionch at irxname}
+\providecommand{\exampleautorefname}{\examplech at irxname}
+\providecommand{\notationautorefname}{\notationch at irxname}
+\providecommand{\questionautorefname}{\questionch at irxname}
+\providecommand{\remarkautorefname}{\remarkch at irxname}
+\providecommand{\exerciseautorefname}{\exercisech at irxname}
+\providecommand{\thmautorefname}{\theoremch at irxname}
+\providecommand{\maintheoremautorefname}{\maintheoremch at irxname}
+\AtBeginDocument{
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{english,strings}{%
+\StartBabelCommands{english}{extras}
+\SetString{\chapterautorefname}{\chapterch at irxname}
+\SetString{\sectionautorefname}{\sectionch at irxname}
+\SetString{\subsectionautorefname}{\subsectionch at irxname}
+\SetString{\subsubsectionautorefname}{\subsubsectionch at irxname}
+\SetString{\theoremautorefname}{\theoremch at irxname}
+\EndBabelCommands
+}{}
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{german,strings}{%
+\StartBabelCommands{german}{extras}
+\SetString{\chapterautorefname}{\chapterch at irxname}
+\SetString{\sectionautorefname}{\sectionch at irxname}
+\SetString{\subsectionautorefname}{\subsectionch at irxname}
+\SetString{\subsubsectionautorefname}{\subsubsectionch at irxname}
+\SetString{\theoremautorefname}{\theoremch at irxname}
+\EndBabelCommands
+}{}
+}
+\newenvironment{claimlist}[1][]{%
+ \enumerate[%
+ topsep = 0.2em,
+ partopsep = 0em,
+ itemsep = 0.2em,
+ parsep = 0.1em,
+ label=\textit{\roman*.)},
+ #1%
+ ]%
+ }%
+ {\endenumerate}
+\newenvironment{conjecturelist}[1][]{%
+ \enumerate[%
+ topsep = 0.2em,
+ partopsep = 0em,
+ itemsep = 0.2em,
+ parsep = 0.1em,
+ label=\textit{\roman*.)},
+ #1%
+ ]%
+ }%
+ {\endenumerate}
+\newenvironment{conventionlist}[1][]{%
+\enumerate[%
+topsep = 0.2em,
+partopsep = 0em,
+itemsep = 0.2em,
+parsep = 0.1em,
+label=\textit{\roman*.)},
+#1%
+]%
+}%
+{\endenumerate}
+\newenvironment{corollarylist}[1][]{%
+ \enumerate[%
+ topsep = 0.2em,
+ partopsep = 0em,
+ itemsep = 0.2em,
+ parsep = 0.1em,
+ label=\textit{\roman*.)},
+ #1%
+ ]
+ }%
+ {\endenumerate}
+\newenvironment{definitionlist}[1][]{%
+ \enumerate[%
+ topsep = 0.2em,
+ partopsep = 0em,
+ itemsep = 0.2em,
+ parsep = 0.1em,
+ label=\textit{\roman*.)},
+ #1%
+ ]
+ }%
+ {\endenumerate}
+\newenvironment{lemmalist}[1][]{%
+ \enumerate[%
+ topsep = 0.2em,
+ partopsep = 0em,
+ itemsep = 0.2em,
+ parsep = 0.1em,
+ label=\textit{\roman*.)},
+ #1%
+ ]
+ }%
+ {\endenumerate}
+\newenvironment{propositionlist}[1][]{%
+ \enumerate[%
+ topsep = 0.2em,
+ partopsep = 0em,
+ itemsep = 0.2em,
+ parsep = 0.1em,
+ label=\textit{\roman*.)},
+ #1%
+ ]
+ }%
+ {\endenumerate}
+\newenvironment{theoremlist}[1][]{%
+ \enumerate[%
+ topsep = 0.2em,
+ partopsep = 0em,
+ itemsep = 0.2em,
+ parsep = 0.1em,
+ label=\textit{\roman*.)},
+ #1%
+ ]
+ }%
+ {\endenumerate}
+\newenvironment{prooflist}[1][]{%
+\enumerate[%
+topsep = 0.2em,
+partopsep = 0em,
+itemsep = 0.2em,
+parsep = 0.1em,
+label=\textit{\roman*.)},
+#1%
+]
+}%
+{\endenumerate}
+\newenvironment{examplelist}[1][]{%
+ \enumerate[%
+ topsep = 0.2em,
+ partopsep = 0em,
+ itemsep = 0.2em,
+ parsep = 0.1em,
+ label=\textit{\roman*.)},
+ #1%
+ ]%
+ }%
+ {\endenumerate}
+\newenvironment{notationlist}[1][]{%
+ \enumerate[%
+ topsep = 0.2em,
+ partopsep = 0em,
+ itemsep = 0.2em,
+ parsep = 0.1em,
+ label=\textit{\roman*.)},
+ #1%
+ ]%
+ }%
+ {\enumerate}
+\newenvironment{questionlist}[1][]{%
+ \enumerate[%
+ topsep = 0.2em,
+ partopsep = 0em,
+ itemsep = 0.2em,
+ parsep = 0.1em,
+ label=\textit{\roman*.)},
+ #1%
+ ]%
+ }%
+ {\endenumerate}
+\newenvironment{remarklist}[1][]{%
+ \enumerate[%
+ topsep = 0.2em,
+ partopsep = 0em,
+ itemsep = 0.2em,
+ parsep = 0.1em,
+ label=\textit{\roman*.)},
+ #1%
+ ]%
+ }%
+ {\endenumerate}
+\newenvironment{exerciselist}[1][]{%
+ \enumerate[%
+ topsep = 0.2em,
+ partopsep = 0em,
+ itemsep = 0.2em,
+ parsep = 0.1em,
+ label=\textit{\roman*.)},
+ #1%
+ ]%
+ }%
+ {\endenumerate}
+\newenvironment{maintheoremlist}[1][]{%
+ \enumerate[%
+ topsep = 0.2em,
+ partopsep = 0em,
+ itemsep = 0.2em,
+ parsep = 0.1em,
+ label=\textit{\roman*.)},
+ #1%
+ ]%
+ }%
+ {\endenumerate}
+\newenvironment{cptenum}[1][]{%
+ \enumerate[%
+ topsep = 0.2em,
+ partopsep = 0em,
+ itemsep = 0.2em,
+ parsep = 0.1em,
+ label=\textit{\roman*.)},
+ #1%
+ ]
+ }%
+ {\endenumerate}
+\newenvironment{cptitem}[1][]{%
+ \begin{itemize}[%
+ topsep = 0.2em,
+ partopsep = 0em,
+ itemsep = 0.2em,
+ parsep = 0.1em,
+ #1%
+ ]
+ }%
+ {\end{itemize}}
+\newenvironment{cptdesc}[1][]{%
+ \begin{description}[%
+ topsep = 0.2em,
+ partopsep = 0em,
+ itemsep = 0.2em,
+ parsep = 0.1em,
+ #1%
+ ]
+ }%
+ {\end{description}}
+\newcommand{\nchairxheader}{\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{nchairxheader.pdf}}
+\newcommand{\nchairxlogo}[1]{\includegraphics[width=#1]{nchairxlogo.pdf}}
+\if at loadmath
+\DeclareMathAlphabet{\ch at airxmathbbm}{U}{bbm}{m}{n}
+\SetMathAlphabet\ch at airxmathbbm{bold}{U}{bbm}{bx}{n}
+\renewcommand{\mathbb}[1]{\ch at airxmathbbm{#1}}
+\DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathscr}{U}{rsfso}{m}{n}
+\DeclareSymbolFont{EulerScript}{U}{eus}{m}{n}
+\SetSymbolFont{EulerScript}{bold}{U}{eus}{b}{n}
+\DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet\mathcal{EulerScript}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{algebrafont}{
+ \providecommand{\ch at irxalgebrafont}[1]{ }
+ \renewcommand{\ch at irxalgebrafont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{basisfont}{
+\providecommand{\ch at irxbasisfont}[1]{ }
+\renewcommand{\ch at irxbasisfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{categoryfont}{
+ \providecommand{\ch at irxcategoryfont}[1]{ }
+ \renewcommand{\ch at irxcategoryfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{categorynamefont}{
+ \providecommand{\ch at irxcategorynamefont}[1]{ }
+ \renewcommand{\ch at irxcategorynamefont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{fieldfont}{
+\providecommand{\ch at irxfieldfont}[1]{ }
+\renewcommand{\ch at irxfieldfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{filterfont}{
+\providecommand{\ch at irxfilterfont}[1]{ }
+\renewcommand{\ch at irxfilterfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{functorfont}{
+\providecommand{\ch at irxfunctorfont}[1]{ }
+\renewcommand{\ch at irxfunctorfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{gerstenhaberfont}{
+\providecommand{\ch at irxgerstenhaberfont}[1]{ }
+\renewcommand{\ch at irxgerstenhaberfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{groupfont}{
+\providecommand{\ch at irxgroupfont}[1]{ }
+\renewcommand{\ch at irxgroupfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{groupoidfont}{
+\providecommand{\ch at irxgroupoidfont}[1]{ }
+\renewcommand{\ch at irxgroupoidfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{hilbertfont}{
+\providecommand{\ch at irxhilbertfont}[1]{ }
+\renewcommand{\ch at irxhilbertfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{liealgfont}{
+\providecommand{\ch at irxliealgfont}[1]{ }
+\renewcommand{\ch at irxliealgfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{modulefont}{
+\providecommand{\ch at irxmodulefont}[1]{ }
+\renewcommand{\ch at irxmodulefont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{prehilbfont}{
+\providecommand{\ch at irxprehilbfont}[1]{ }
+\renewcommand{\ch at irxprehilbfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{operatorfont}{
+ \providecommand{\ch at irxoperatorfont}[1]{ }
+ \renewcommand{\ch at irxoperatorfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{ringfont}{
+\providecommand{\ch at irxringfont}[1]{ }
+\renewcommand{\ch at irxringfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{scriptfont}{
+ \providecommand{\ch at irxscriptfont}[1]{ }
+ \renewcommand{\ch at irxscriptfont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{sheaffont}{
+\providecommand{\ch at irxsheaffont}[1]{ }
+\renewcommand{\ch at irxsheaffont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{spacefont}{
+ \providecommand{\ch at irxspacefont}[1]{ }
+ \renewcommand{\ch at irxspacefont}{#1}
+}
+\define at key[chairx]{fonts}{topologyfont}{
+\providecommand{\ch at irxtopologyfont}[1]{ }
+\renewcommand{\ch at irxtopologyfont}{#1}
+}
+\newcommand{\chairxfonts}[1]{
+ \setkeys[chairx]{fonts}{#1}
+}
+\chairxfonts{
+ algebrafont = \mathscr,
+ basisfont = \mathit,
+ categoryfont = \mathfrak,
+ categorynamefont = \mathsf,
+ fieldfont = \mathbb,
+ filterfont = \mathfrak,
+ functorfont = \mathsf,
+ groupfont = \mathrm,
+ groupoidfont = \mathfrak,
+ gerstenhaberfont = \mathfrak,
+ hilbertfont = \mathfrak,
+ liealgfont = \mathfrak,
+ modulefont = \mathscr,
+ prehilbfont = \mathcal,
+ operatorfont = \mathrm,
+ ringfont = \mathsf,
+ scriptfont = \mathrm,
+ sheaffont = \mathscr,
+ spacefont = \mathscr,
+ topologyfont = \mathscr
+}
+\newcommand{\ch at irxfont}[1]{\fontfamily{#1}\fontencoding{U}\fontseries{m}\fontshape{n}\selectfont}
+\newcommand{\ch at irxsymbol}[2]{{\ch at irxfont{#1}\char#2}}
+\newcommand\ch at irxmathsymbol[3][\mathord]{%
+ #1{\ch at irxm@thsymbol{#2}{#3}}}
+\def\ch at irxm@thsymbol#1#2{\mathchoice
+ {\@ch at irxm@thsymbol{#1}{#2}\tf at size}
+ {\@ch at irxm@thsymbol{#1}{#2}\tf at size}
+ {\@ch at irxm@thsymbol{#1}{#2}\sf at size}
+ {\@ch at irxm@thsymbol{#1}{#2}\ssf at size}}
+\def\@ch at irxm@thsymbol#1#2#3{\mbox{\fontsize{#3}{#3}\ch at irxsymbol{#1}{#2}}}
+\fi
+\if at loadmath
+\newcommand{\vast}{\bBigg@{4}}
+\newcommand{\Vast}{\bBigg@{5}}
+\newcommand{\vastl}{\mathopen\vast}
+\newcommand{\vastm}{\mathrel\vast}
+\newcommand{\vastr}{\mathclose\vast}
+\newcommand{\Vastl}{\mathopen\Vast}
+\newcommand{\Vastm}{\mathrel\Vast}
+\newcommand{\Vastr}{\mathclose\Vast}
+\fi
+\if at loadmath
+\let\originaltensor\tensor
+\DeclareRobustCommand\decorate{\originaltensor}
+\newcommand{\deco}[5]{\decorate*[^{#1}_{#2}]{#3}{^{#4}_{#5}}}
+\newcommand{\script}[1]{\ch at irxscriptfont{#1}}
+\fi
+\if at loadmath
+\newcommand{\I}{\mathrm{i}}
+\newcommand{\E}{\mathrm{e}}
+\newcommand{\D}{\mathop{}\!\mathrm{d}}
+\newcommand{\cc}[1]{\overline{{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\sign}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{sign}}}
+\newcommand{\RE}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Re}}}
+\newcommand{\IM}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Im}}}
+\newcommand{\Unit}{\mathbb{1}}
+\newcommand{\const}{\operatorname{\mathit{const}}}
+\newcommand{\canonical}{\ch at irxscriptfont{can}}
+\newcommand{\pt}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{pt}}
+\newcommand{\at}[2][\big]{#1\vert_{#2}}
+\newcommand{\Map}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Map}}
+\newcommand{\Bij}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Bij}}
+\newcommand{\argument}{\,\cdot\,}
+\newcommand{\domain}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{dom}}}
+\newcommand{\range}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{range}}}
+\newcommand{\id}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{id}}}
+\newcommand{\pr}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{pr}}}
+\newcommand{\inv}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{inv}}}
+\newcommand{\ev}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{ev}}}
+\newcommand{\image}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{im}}}
+\newcommand{\graph}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{graph}}}
+\newcommand{\coimage}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{coim}}}
+\newcommand{\coker}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{coker}}}
+\newcommand{\operator}[1]{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\later}{\mathrel{\succcurlyeq}}
+\newcommand{\earlier}{\mathrel{\preccurlyeq}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\big at p[2][1]{%
+\mathop{\vphantom{\sum}\mathpalette\bigop@{{#1}{#2}}}\slimits@
+}
+\newcommand{\bigop@}[2]{\bigop@@#1#2}
+\newcommand{\bigop@@}[3]{%
+\vcenter{
+\sbox\z@{$#1\sum$}
+\hbox{\resizebox{\ifx#1\displaystyle#2\fi\dimexpr\ht\z at +\dp\z@}{!}{$\m at th#3$}}
+}
+}
+\newcommand{\bigplus}{\DOTSB\big at p{+}}
+\newcommand{\bigtimes}{\DOTSB\big at p{\times}}
+\newcommand{\biprod}{\DOTSB\big at p{\mathrel{\prod\hspace{-0.4cm}\coprod}}}
+\newcommand{\smiley}{\ch at irxmathsymbol[\mathord]{wasy}{44}}
+\newcommand{\frownie}{\ch at irxmathsymbol[\mathord]{wasy}{47}}
+\newcommand{\heart}{\heartsuit}
+\fi
+\if at loadmath
+\newcommand{\field}[1]{\ch at irxfieldfont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\ring}[1]{\ch at irxringfont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\group}[1]{\ch at irxgroupfont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\algebra}[1]{\ch at irxalgebrafont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\module}[1]{\ch at irxmodulefont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\liealg}[1]{\ch at irxliealgfont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\MC}{{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{MC}}}
+\newcommand{\gerstenhaber}[1] {\ch at irxgerstenhaberfont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\Pol}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Pol}}
+\newcommand{\lmult}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{\ell}}}
+\newcommand{\rmult}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{r}}}
+\newcommand{\Lmult}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{L}}}
+\newcommand{\Rmult}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{R}}}
+\newcommand{\Center}{\mathscr{Z}}
+\newcommand{\ad}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{ad}}}
+\newcommand{\Ad}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Ad}}}
+\newcommand{\Conj}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Conj}}}
+\newcommand{\acts}{\mathbin{\triangleright}}
+\newcommand{\racts}{\mathbin{\triangleleft}}
+\newcommand{\Char}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{char}}
+\newcommand{\modulo}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{mod}}}
+\newcommand{\Clifford}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Cl}}}
+\newcommand{\cClifford}{\operatorname{\mathbb{C}\ch at irxoperatorfont{l}}}
+\newcommand{\Der}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Der}}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\Der*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\Der}{}}
+\newcommand{\InnDer}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{InnDer}}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\InnDer*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\InnDer}{}}
+\newcommand{\OutDer}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{OutDer}}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\OutDer*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\OutDer}{}}
+\newcommand{\InnAut}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{InnAut}}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\InnAut*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\InnAut}{}}
+\newcommand{\OutAut}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{OutAut}}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\OutAut*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\OutAut}{}}
+\newcommand{\formal}[1]{\ch at irxllbbracket #1\ch at irxrrbbracket}
+\newcommand{\laurent}[1]{(\!(#1)\!)}
+\newcommand{\sweedler}[1]{{\scriptscriptstyle(#1)}}
+\newcommand{\algebras}{\categoryname{alg}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\algebras*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\algebras}{}}
+\newcommand{\Algebras}{\categoryname{Alg}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\Algebras*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\Algebras}{}}
+\newcommand{\reps}{\categoryname{rep}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\reps*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\reps}{}}
+\newcommand{\Reps}{\categoryname{Rep}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\Reps*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\Reps}{}}
+\newcommand{\PoissonAlg}{\categoryname{PoissonAlg}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\PoissonAlg*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\PoissonAlg}{}}
+\newcommand{\modules}{\categoryname{mod}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\modules*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\modules}{}}
+\newcommand{\Leftmodules}[1]{{#1}\textsf{-}\categoryname{mod}}
+\newcommand{\Rightmodules}[2][]{\categoryname{mod}_{#1}\textsf{-}{#2}}
+\newcommand{\Modules}{\categoryname{Mod}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\Modules*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\Modules}{}}
+\newcommand{\LeftModules}[1]{{#1}\textsf{-}\categoryname{Mod}}
+\newcommand{\RightModules}[2][]{\categoryname{Mod}_{#1}\textsf{-}{#2}}
+\newcommand{\Bimodules}{\categoryname{Bimod}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\Bimodules*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\Bimodules}{}}
+\newcommand{\Rings}{\categoryname{Ring}}
+\newcommand{\Groups}{\categoryname{Group}}
+\newcommand{\Ab}{\categoryname{Ab}}
+\newcommand{\Lattices}{\categoryname{Lattice}}
+\newcommand{\Sets}{\categoryname{Set}}
+\newcommand{\Vect}{\categoryname{Vect}}
+\newcommand{\LieAlgs}{\categoryname{LieAlg}}
+\newcommand{\Posets}{\categoryname{Poset}}
+\newcommand{\Directed}{\categoryname{Directed}}
+\newcommand{\GSets}[1][{G}]{{#1}\textrm{-}\Sets}
+\newcommand{\Groupoids}{\categoryname{Groupoid}}
+\fi
+\if at loadmath
+\newcommand{\vol}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{vol}}
+\newcommand{\complete}[1]{\widehat{#1}}
+\newcommand{\Ball}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{B}}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiter{\abs}{\lvert}{\rvert}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiter{\norm}{\lVert}{\rVert}
+\newcommand{\@supnormstar}[1]{\norm*{#1}_\infty}
+\newcommand{\@supnormnostar}[2][]{\norm[#1]{#2}_\infty}
+\newcommand{\supnorm}{\@ifstar\@supnormstar\@supnormnostar}
+\newcommand{\expands}[1][2.5]{\mathrel{\scalebox{#1}[1.1]{$\sim$}}}
+\newcommand{\std}{{\scriptscriptstyle{\ch at irxscriptfont{std}}}}
+\newcommand{\Weyl}{{\scriptscriptstyle{\ch at irxscriptfont{Weyl}}}}
+\newcommand{\Op}{\operatorname{Op}}
+\newcommand{\Opstd}{\operatorname{Op}_\std}
+\newcommand{\OpWeyl}{\operatorname{Op}_\Weyl}
+\newcommand{\spacename}[1]{\ch at irxspacefont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\Bounded}{\ch at irxspacefont{B}}
+\newcommand{\Continuous}{\ch at irxspacefont{C}}
+\newcommand{\Contbound}{\Continuous_{\mathrm{b}}}
+\newcommand{\Fun}[1][k]{\ch at irxspacefont{C}^{#1}}
+\newcommand{\Cinfty}{\Fun[\infty]}
+\newcommand{\Comega}{\Fun[\omega]}
+\newcommand{\Holomorphic}{\ch at irxspacefont{O}}
+\newcommand{\AntiHolomorphic}{\cc{\Holomorphic}}
+\newcommand{\Schwartz}{\ch at irxspacefont{S}}
+\newcommand{\Riemann}{\ch at irxspacefont{R}}
+\newcommand{\singsupp}{\operatorname{sing\,supp}}
+\newcommand{\seminorm}[1]{\mathrm{#1}}
+\newcommand{\ord}{\operatorname{ord}}
+\newcommand{\conv}{\operatorname{conv}}
+\newcommand{\extreme}{\operatorname{extreme}}
+\newcommand{\hilbert}[1]{\ch at irxhilbertfont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\prehilb}[1]{\ch at irxprehilbfont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\Adjointable}[1][{}]{\mathfrak{B}_{\scriptscriptstyle{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\Finite}[1][{}]{\mathfrak{F}_{\scriptscriptstyle{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\Compact}[1][{}]{\mathfrak{K}_{\scriptscriptstyle{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\opdomain}{\ch at irxhilbertfont{D}}
+\newcommand{\spec}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{spec}}}
+\newcommand{\closure}[1]{\overline{#1}}
+\newcommand{\res}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{res}}}
+\newcommand{\Res}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Res}}}
+\newcommand{\specrad}{\operatorname{\varrho}}
+\newcommand{\slim}{\operatorname*{\ch at irxoperatorfont{s-lim}}}
+\newcommand{\wlim}{\operatorname*{\ch at irxoperatorfont{w-lim}}}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiter{\ketbr@}{\vert}{\vert}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiter{\ket}{\vert}{\rangle}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiter{\bra}{\langle}{\vert}
+\newcommand{\braket}[3][]{\SP[#1]{#2 \,#1\vert\, #3}}
+\newcommand{\ketbra}[3][]{\ketbr@[#1]{#2 #1\rangle #1\langle #3}}
+\newcommand{\Spec}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Spec}}}
+\newcommand{\Rad}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Rad}}}
+\newcommand{\ind}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{ind}}}
+\newcommand{\Measurable}{\ch at irxspacefont{M}}
+\newcommand{\Meas}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Meas}}
+\newcommand{\BoundMeas}{\ch at irxspacefont{BM}}
+\newcommand{\Lp}[1][{p}]{\mathrm{L}^{#1}}
+\newcommand{\Lone}{\Lp[1]}
+\newcommand{\Ltwo}{\Lp[2]}
+\newcommand{\Linfty}{\Lp[\infty]}
+\newcommand{\Intp}[1][{p}]{\ch at irxspacefont{L}^{#1}}
+\newcommand{\Intone}{\Intp[1]}
+\newcommand{\Inttwo}{\Intp[2]}
+\newcommand{\Intinfty}{\Intp[\infty]}
+\newcommand{\essrange}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{ess\,range}}}
+\newcommand*{\esssup}{\operatorname*{\ch at irxoperatorfont{ess}\,\ch at irxoperatorfont{\sup}}}
+\newcommand{\@esssupnormstar}[1]{\norm*{#1}_{\esssup}}
+\newcommand{\@esssupnormnostar}[2][]{\norm[#1]{#2}_{\esssup}}
+\newcommand{\esssupnorm}{\@ifstar\@esssupnormstar\@esssupnormnostar}
+\newcommand{\ac}{\ch at irxscriptfont{ac}}
+\newcommand{\sing}{\ch at irxscriptfont{sing}}
+\newcommand{\indlim}{\operatorname*{{ind\,lim}}}
+\renewcommand{\projlim}{\operatorname*{{proj\,lim}}}
+\fi
+\if at loadmath
+\newcommand{\category}[1]{\ch at irxcategoryfont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\categoryname}[1]{\ch at irxcategorynamefont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\functor}[1]{\ch at irxfunctorfont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\groupoid}[1]{\ch at irxgroupoidfont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\source}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{source}}
+\newcommand{\target}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{target}}
+\newcommand{\unit}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{unit}}
+\newcommand{\opp}{\ch at irxscriptfont{opp}}
+\newcommand{\asso}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{asso}}
+\newcommand{\Hom}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Hom}}}
+\newcommand{\End}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{End}}}
+\newcommand{\Aut}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Aut}}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\Aut*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\Aut}{}}
+\newcommand{\Iso}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Iso}}}
+\WithSuffix\newcommand\Iso*{\decorate[^*]{\textrm{-}\Iso}{}}
+\newcommand{\Obj}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Obj}}}
+\newcommand{\Morph}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Morph}}}
+\newcommand{\colim}{\operatorname*{{colim}}}
+\fi
+\if at loadmath
+\newcommand{\Lie}{\mathscr{L}}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiter{\ch at irxbracket}{[}{]}
+\DeclareMathDelimiter\ch at irxllbbracket{\mathopen}{stmry}{"4A}{stmry}{"71}
+\DeclareMathDelimiter\ch at irxrrbbracket{\mathclose}{stmry}{"4B}{stmry}{"79}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiter{\ch at irxbbracket}{\ch at irxllbbracket}{\ch at irxrrbbracket}
+\newcommand{\@schoutenstar}[1]{\ch at irxbbracket*{#1}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{S}}}
+\newcommand{\@schoutennostar}[2][]{\ch at irxbbracket[#1]{#2}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{S}}}
+\newcommand{\Schouten}{\@ifstar\@schoutenstar\@schoutennostar}
+\newcommand{\Forms}{\Omega}
+\newcommand{\ZdR}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Z}_{\scriptscriptstyle\mathrm{dR}}}
+\newcommand{\BdR}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{B}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{dR}}}
+\newcommand{\HdR}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{H}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{dR}}}
+\newcommand{\Diffeo}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Diffeo}}}
+\newcommand{\Diffop}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{DiffOp}}}
+\newcommand{\loc}{\ch at irxscriptfont{loc}}
+\newcommand{\germ}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{germ}}}
+\newcommand{\prol}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{prol}}
+\newcommand{\@nrbracketstar}[1]{\ch at irxbracket*{#1}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{NR}}}
+\newcommand{\@nrbracketnostar}[2][]{\ch at irxbracket[#1]{#2}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{NR}}}
+\newcommand{\NRbracket}{\@ifstar\@nrbracketstar\@nrbracketnostar}
+\newcommand{\@fnbracketstar}[1]{\ch at irxbracket*{#1}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{FN}}}
+\newcommand{\@fnbracketnostar}[2][]{\ch at irxbracket[#1]{#2}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{FN}}}
+\newcommand{\FNbracket}{\@ifstar\@fnbracketstar\@fnbracketnostar}
+\newcommand{\Manifolds}{\categoryname{\categoryname{Manifold}}}
+\newcommand{\lefttriv}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{left}}
+\newcommand{\righttriv}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{right}}
+\newcommand{\Gau}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Gau}}}
+\newcommand{\Conn}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Conn}}}
+\newcommand{\ratio}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{r}}
+\newcommand{\Parallel}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{P}}}
+\newcommand{\CE}{{\scriptscriptstyle{\ch at irxscriptfont{CE}}}}
+\newcommand{\HCE}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{H}_\CE}
+\newcommand{\fund}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{fund}}
+\newcommand{\Universal}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{U}}}
+\newcommand{\BCH}{\ch at irxscriptfont{\scriptscriptstyle{BCH}}}
+\newcommand{\LieGroups}{\categoryname{\categoryname{LieGroup}}}
+\newcommand{\Principal}{\categoryname{\categoryname{Principal}}}
+\newcommand{\GPrincipal}[1][G]{#1\categoryname{\textrm{-}\categoryname{Principal}}}
+\newcommand{\Fiber}{\categoryname{Fiber}}
+\newcommand{\FFiber}[1][F]{#1\categoryname{\textrm{-}\categoryname{Fiber}}}
+\newcommand{\Pin}{\group{Pin}}
+\newcommand{\Spin}{\group{Spin}}
+
+\newcommand{\nablaLC}{\nabla^{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{LC}}}
+\newcommand{\Laplace}{\Delta}
+\DeclareMathSymbol\dAlembert{\mathord}{AMSa}{"03}
+\newcommand{\feynman}[1]{\ooalign{$#1$\cr\hidewidth$\raise0.19ex\hbox{/}$\hidewidth\cr}}
+
+\newcommand{\Dirac}{\feynman{D}}
+\newcommand{\rotation}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{rot}}}
+\newcommand{\curl}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{curl}}}
+\newcommand{\divergence}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{div}}}
+\newcommand{\gradient}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{grad}}}
+\newcommand{\Tor}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Tor}}}
+\newcommand{\Ric}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Ric}}}
+\newcommand{\scal}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{scal}}}
+\newcommand{\Riem}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Riem}}}
+\newcommand{\Hessian}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Hessian}}
+\newcommand{\hodge}{\operatorname{\star}}
+\newcommand{\Nijenhuis}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Nij}}}
+\newcommand{\del}{\mathop{}\!\partial}
+\newcommand{\delbar}{\mathop{}\!\cc{\partial}}
+\newcommand{\FS}{{\scriptscriptstyle{\ch at irxscriptfont{FS}}}}
+\newcommand{\Lift}{{\scriptscriptstyle{\ch at irxscriptfont{Lift}}}}
+\newcommand{\ver}{\ch at irxscriptfont{ver}}
+\newcommand{\hor}{\ch at irxscriptfont{hor}}
+\newcommand{\Ver}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Ver}}}
+\newcommand{\Hor}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Hor}}}
+\newcommand{\Sec}[1][k]{\Gamma^{#1}}
+\newcommand{\Secinfty}{\Sec[\infty]}
+\newcommand{\HolSec}{\Sec[]_{\ch at irxscriptfont{hol}}}
+\newcommand{\SymD}{\mathop{}\!\ch at irxoperatorfont{D}}
+\newcommand{\Densities}[1][n]{\abs{\Lambda^{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\MeasurableSections}{\ch at irxspacefont{M}\Sec[]}
+\newcommand{\IntpSections}[1][p]{\Intp[#1]\Sec[]}
+\newcommand{\IntegrableSections}{\IntpSections[1]}
+\newcommand{\Translation}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{T}}
+\newcommand{\frames}[1]{\ch at irxoperatorfont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\Frames}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Frames}}}
+\newcommand{\FDiff}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{F}}
+\newcommand{\Sympl}{\operatorname{\ch at irxgroupfont{Sympl}}}
+\newcommand{\Jacobiator}[1][\pi]{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Jac}}_{#1}}
+\newcommand{\red}{\ch at irxscriptfont{red}}
+\newcommand{\Hess}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Hess}}
+\newcommand{\KKS}{{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{KKS}}}
+\newcommand{\@courantstar}[1]{\ch at irxbbracket*{#1}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{C}}}
+\newcommand{\@courantnostar}[2][]{\ch at irxbbracket[#1]{#2}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{C}}}
+\newcommand{\Courant}{\@ifstar\@courantstar\@courantnostar}
+\newcommand{\@dorfmanstar}[1]{\ch at irxbbracket*{#1}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{D}}}
+\newcommand{\@dorfmannostar}[2][]{\ch at irxbbracket[#1]{#2}_{\scriptscriptstyle\ch at irxscriptfont{D}}}
+\newcommand{\Dorfman}{\@ifstar\@dorfmanstar\@dorfmannostar}
+\newcommand{\Dir}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Dir}}}
+\newcommand{\Forward}{\mathcal{F}}
+\newcommand{\Backward}{\mathcal{B}}
+\newcommand{\Tangent}{\mathbb{T}}
+\newcommand{\MWreduction}{\big/\!\!\big/}
+\newcommand{\Mon}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Mon}}
+\newcommand{\Hol}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Hol}}
+\fi
+\if at loadmath
+\newcommand{\tr}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{tr}}}
+\newcommand{\rank}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{rank}}}
+\newcommand{\codim}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{codim}}}
+\newcommand{\diag}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{diag}}}
+\newcommand{\Trans}{{\ch at irxscriptfont{\scriptscriptstyle{T}}}}
+\newcommand{\Mat}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{M}}
+\newcommand{\SymMat}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{SymMat}}
+\newcommand{\ann}{\ch at irxscriptfont{ann}}
+\newcommand{\Span}[1][]{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{span}_{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\basis}[1]{\ch at irxbasisfont{#1}}
+\renewcommand{\tensor}[1][{}]{\mathbin{\otimes_{\scriptscriptstyle{#1}}}}
+\newcommand{\Tensor}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{T}}
+\newcommand{\Anti}{\Lambda}
+\newcommand{\Sym}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{S}}
+\newcommand{\Symmetrizer}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Sym}}}
+\newcommand{\AntiSymmetrizer}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Alt}}}
+\newcommand{\ins}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{i}}}
+\newcommand{\jns}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{j}}}
+\newcommand{\insa}{\ins_{\ch at irxscriptfont{a}}}
+\newcommand{\inss}{\ins_{\ch at irxscriptfont{s}}}
+\newcommand{\degs}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{deg}_{\ch at irxscriptfont{s}}}
+\newcommand{\dega}{\ch at irxoperatorfont{deg}_{\ch at irxscriptfont{a}}}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiter{\SP} {\langle}{\rangle}
+\newcommand{\littlepara}{{\scriptscriptstyle\parallel}}
+\newcommand{\IP}[6][{}]{\decorate*[^{#2}_{#3}]{\SP[#1]{#4}}{^{#5}_{#6}}}
+\fi
+\if at loadmath
+\newcommand{\EX}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{E}}}
+\newcommand{\Var}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Var}}}
+\newcommand{\Cov}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Cov}}}
+\newcommand{\Cor}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Cor}}}
+\fi
+\if at loadmath
+\newcommand{\cl}{\ch at irxscriptfont{cl}}
+\newcommand{\scl}{\ch at irxscriptfont{scl}}
+\newcommand{\interior}{\circ}
+\newcommand{\boundary}{\partial}
+\newcommand{\supp}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{supp}}}
+\newcommand{\dist}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{dist}}}
+\newcommand{\topology}[1]{\ch at irxtopologyfont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\filter}[1]{\ch at irxfilterfont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\sheaf}[1]{\ch at irxsheaffont{#1}}
+\newcommand{\Sections}{\operatorname{\ch at irxoperatorfont{Sections}}}
+\newcommand{\HOM}{\operatorname{\ch at irxsheaffont{H}\!\mathit{om}}}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiter{\etale}{\lvert}{\rvert}
+\newcommand{\topological}{\categoryname{top}}
+\newcommand{\Topological}{\categoryname{Top}}
+\newcommand{\Sheaves}{\categoryname{Sheaves}}
+\newcommand{\PreSheaves}{\categoryname{PreSheaves}}
+\newcommand{\Etale}{\categoryname{Etale}}
+\fi
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `nchairx.sty'.
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/nchairx/nchairx.sty
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/nchairx/nchairxheader.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/nchairx/nchairxheader.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/nchairx/nchairxheader.pdf 2021-08-08 20:56:35 UTC (rev 60195)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/nchairx/nchairxheader.pdf 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/nchairx/nchairxheader.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/nchairx/nchairxlogo.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/nchairx/nchairxlogo.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/nchairx/nchairxlogo.pdf 2021-08-08 20:56:35 UTC (rev 60195)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/nchairx/nchairxlogo.pdf 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/nchairx/nchairxlogo.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/Master/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check 2021-08-08 20:56:35 UTC (rev 60195)
+++ trunk/Master/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@
na-box na-position nag nameauth namedef namespc nanicolle nanumtype1 nar
natbib natded nath nature
navigator navydocs
- ncclatex ncctools ncntrsbk
+ ncclatex ncctools nchairx ncntrsbk
nddiss ndsu-thesis needspace nestquot neuralnetwork nevelok
newcastle-bst newcommand newcomputermodern newenviron newfile newfloat
newlfm newpax newpx
Modified: trunk/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds 2021-08-08 20:56:35 UTC (rev 60195)
+++ trunk/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -933,6 +933,7 @@
'nassflow', "die 'skipping, nosell license'",
'nbaskerv', "die 'skipping, requires nonfree font'",
'ncctools', "&MAKEflatten",
+ 'nchairx', "&MAKEflatten",
'ncntrsbk', "die 'skipping, part of urw-base35, frozen'",
'newalg', "die 'skipping, noinfo license, 1995'",
'newapa', "die 'skipping, await request for old bst+sty'",
@@ -2117,6 +2118,7 @@
'mylatexformat', '.*\.ltx',
'nag', '\.nag|' . $standardtex,
'navigator', '(t-)?navigator.tex|' . $standardtex,
+ 'nchairx', '.*(logo|header)\.pdf|' . $standardtex,
'nddiss', '\.sty|\.clo|\.ldf|\.cls|\.def|\.fd$',
'newpax', '.*\.lua|' . $standardtex,
'newpx', '.*-subs\.tex|' . $standardtex,
Modified: trunk/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-mathscience.tlpsrc
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-mathscience.tlpsrc 2021-08-08 20:56:35 UTC (rev 60195)
+++ trunk/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-mathscience.tlpsrc 2021-08-08 21:00:57 UTC (rev 60196)
@@ -141,6 +141,7 @@
depend multiobjective
depend natded
depend nath
+depend nchairx
depend nicematrix
depend nuc
depend nucleardata
Added: trunk/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/nchairx.tlpsrc
===================================================================
More information about the tex-live-commits
mailing list.